1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "common/common-target.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
95 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 #include "cfglayout.h"
99 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
100 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
101 static rtx cached_next_real_insn;
103 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
104 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
106 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
107 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
108 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
109 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
110 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
111 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
112 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
113 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
115 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
116 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
119 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
120 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
121 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
123 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
124 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
127 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
129 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
132 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
133 must be kept around forever. */
134 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
136 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
137 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
138 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
140 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
142 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
143 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
144 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
145 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
146 define type declaration DIE's. */
147 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
149 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
150 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
151 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
162 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
163 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
165 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
166 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
167 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
170 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
171 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
173 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
174 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
177 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
178 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
179 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
181 /* CIE identifier. */
182 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
183 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
184 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
186 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
189 DEF_VEC_P (dw_fde_ref);
190 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_fde_ref, gc);
192 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
193 information for each routine. */
194 static GTY(()) VEC(dw_fde_ref, gc) *fde_vec;
196 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
198 unsigned int refcount;
199 enum dwarf_form form;
203 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
205 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
207 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
208 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
210 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
212 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
213 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
215 /* The default cold text section. */
216 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
218 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
220 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
221 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
222 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
224 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
226 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
228 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
229 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
230 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
232 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
233 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
236 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
237 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
240 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
241 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
244 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
245 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
248 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
249 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
252 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
253 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
255 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
256 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
257 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
258 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
259 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
260 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
261 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
262 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
263 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
264 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
266 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
269 matches_main_base (const char *path)
271 /* Cache the last query. */
272 static const char *last_path = NULL;
273 static int last_match = 0;
274 if (path != last_path)
277 int length = base_of_path (path, &base);
279 last_match = (length == main_input_baselength
280 && memcmp (base, main_input_basename, length) == 0);
285 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
288 dump_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage,
289 enum debug_struct_file criterion, int generic,
290 int matches, int result)
292 /* Find the type name. */
293 tree type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (type);
295 const char *name = 0;
296 if (TREE_CODE (t) == TYPE_DECL)
299 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
301 fprintf (stderr, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
303 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl) ? "sys" : "usr",
304 matches ? "bas" : "hdr",
305 generic ? "gen" : "ord",
306 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DFN ? ";" :
307 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE ? "." : "*",
309 (void*) type_decl, name);
312 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
313 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
317 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
323 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage)
325 enum debug_struct_file criterion;
327 bool generic = lang_hooks.types.generic_p (type);
330 criterion = debug_struct_generic[usage];
332 criterion = debug_struct_ordinary[usage];
334 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE)
335 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
336 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY)
337 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
339 type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type));
341 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS && DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl))
342 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
344 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl)))
345 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, true, true);
346 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
349 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
350 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
353 stripattributes (const char *s)
355 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
360 while (*s && *s != ',')
367 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
368 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
369 for collect2 the first time around. */
372 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
376 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
377 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
381 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
387 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
389 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
391 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
394 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
395 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
396 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
397 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
398 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
399 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
400 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
403 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
404 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
406 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
408 if (eh_frame_section)
409 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
412 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
413 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
414 switch_to_section (data_section);
418 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
419 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
420 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
421 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
422 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
427 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
431 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
434 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
437 if (!debug_frame_section)
438 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
439 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
440 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
444 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
446 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
447 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
452 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
453 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
454 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
455 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
458 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
459 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
460 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
461 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
462 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
465 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
467 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
468 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
470 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
471 case DW_CFA_undefined:
472 case DW_CFA_same_value:
473 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
474 case DW_CFA_register:
475 case DW_CFA_expression:
476 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
478 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
479 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
480 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
481 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
483 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
484 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
491 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
493 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
494 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
499 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
501 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
502 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
503 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
505 case DW_CFA_register:
506 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
508 case DW_CFA_expression:
509 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
512 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
516 /* Output one FDE. */
519 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
520 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
521 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
523 const char *begin, *end;
524 static unsigned int j;
527 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
529 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
531 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
533 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
534 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
535 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
536 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
538 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
541 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
543 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
544 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
546 begin = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_begin : fde->dw_fde_begin;
547 end = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end;
551 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
552 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
553 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
554 "FDE initial location");
555 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
556 end, begin, "FDE address range");
560 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
561 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
568 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
570 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
572 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
574 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
575 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
576 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
579 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
582 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
584 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
587 fde->funcdef_number);
588 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
589 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
591 "Language Specific Data Area");
595 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
596 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
597 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
598 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
602 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
605 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
606 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
608 size_t from, until, i;
611 until = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi);
613 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
616 until = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
618 from = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
620 for (i = from; i < until; i++)
621 output_cfi (VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, i), fde, for_eh);
624 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
625 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
626 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
627 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
628 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
630 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
631 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
632 switch *back* into the table section. */
633 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
634 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
635 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
638 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
639 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
640 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
641 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
646 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
649 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
651 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
654 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
657 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
660 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
661 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
667 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
668 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
669 location of saved registers. */
672 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
677 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
678 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
679 char augmentation[6];
680 int augmentation_size;
681 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
682 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
683 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
685 rtx personality = NULL;
688 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
692 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
693 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
696 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
697 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
698 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
699 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
700 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
701 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
704 bool any_eh_needed = false;
706 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, i, fde)
708 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
709 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
710 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
711 any_eh_needed = true;
712 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
713 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, 1, 1);
720 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
724 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
725 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
727 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
728 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
730 /* Output the CIE. */
731 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
733 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
734 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
735 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
736 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
737 "Length of Common Information Entry");
738 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
740 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
741 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
742 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
743 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
744 "CIE Identifier Tag");
746 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
747 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
748 due to overflowing the return register column. */
749 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
751 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
753 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
756 augmentation_size = 0;
758 personality = current_unit_personality;
764 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
765 augmentation section.
766 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
767 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
768 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
770 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
771 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
773 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
774 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
775 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
777 p = augmentation + 1;
781 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
782 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
787 augmentation_size += 1;
789 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
792 augmentation_size += 1;
794 if (p > augmentation + 1)
796 augmentation[0] = 'z';
800 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
801 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
803 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
805 + 1 /* CIE version */
806 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
807 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
808 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
810 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
811 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
812 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
814 augmentation_size += pad;
816 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
817 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
818 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
822 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
823 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
828 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
829 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
830 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
832 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
835 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
843 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
844 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
850 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
851 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
853 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
854 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
855 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
858 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, i, cfi)
859 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
861 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
862 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
863 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
864 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
866 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
867 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, i, fde)
871 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
872 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
875 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_second_begin ? 2 : 1); k++)
876 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
877 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
880 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
881 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
882 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
883 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
884 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
885 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
888 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
893 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
896 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
900 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
902 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
906 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
909 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
910 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
911 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
912 of the weirder relocation types. */
913 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
914 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
916 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
917 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
918 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
921 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
925 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
927 current_function_funcdef_no);
928 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
929 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
931 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
932 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
934 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
935 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
936 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
940 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
941 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
944 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
948 fde = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_fde_node ();
949 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
950 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
951 fde->fde_index = VEC_length (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec);
952 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
953 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
954 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
955 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
956 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
958 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
960 VEC_safe_push (dw_fde_ref, gc, fde_vec, fde);
965 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
969 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
970 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
972 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
978 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
980 do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame ();
982 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
983 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
986 || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET))
989 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
990 switch_to_section (fnsec);
991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
992 current_function_funcdef_no);
993 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
994 current_function_funcdef_no);
995 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
996 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
998 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
1002 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1003 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1004 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1008 fde = dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1010 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1011 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
1012 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
1013 fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section
1014 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
1016 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1017 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1018 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1020 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
1023 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1024 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1027 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
1028 if (!current_unit_personality)
1029 current_unit_personality = personality;
1031 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1032 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1033 function anymore. */
1034 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
1035 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1036 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
1040 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1041 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1045 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1046 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1048 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1050 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
1053 current_function_funcdef_no);
1054 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
1055 current_function_funcdef_no);
1056 cfun->fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
1059 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1060 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1064 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1065 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1067 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
1068 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1070 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
1073 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1075 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
1076 current_function_funcdef_no);
1077 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
1078 current_function_funcdef_no);
1079 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
1082 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1083 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1087 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1088 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1091 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1093 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
1094 cached_next_real_insn = NULL_RTX;
1096 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1097 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1099 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
1102 current_function_funcdef_no);
1103 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1105 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
1106 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
1107 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
1111 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1113 /* Output call frame information. */
1114 if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
1115 output_call_frame_info (0);
1117 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1118 if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
1119 && targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
1120 output_call_frame_info (1);
1123 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1126 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1128 section *sec = current_function_section ();
1129 if (sec == text_section)
1130 text_section_used = true;
1131 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
1132 cold_text_section_used = true;
1135 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1136 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section *);
1139 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1142 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
1144 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL);
1146 if (!in_cold_section_p)
1148 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
1149 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
1150 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
1154 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
1155 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
1156 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
1158 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
1160 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1161 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
1162 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1164 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1165 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1167 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1168 sect = current_function_section ();
1169 switch_to_section (sect);
1171 fde->second_in_std_section
1172 = (sect == text_section
1173 || (cold_text_section && sect == cold_text_section));
1175 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1176 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1178 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1180 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
1181 set_cur_line_info_table (sect);
1184 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1185 for emitting location expressions. */
1187 /* Data about a single source file. */
1188 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
1189 const char * filename;
1193 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
1197 } deferred_locations;
1199 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
1200 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
1202 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
1204 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
1205 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
1207 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1208 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1209 their entire life. */
1210 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
1211 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
1212 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
1213 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
1214 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1215 Only on head of list */
1216 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1217 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
1219 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1222 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1225 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1230 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
1232 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1235 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
1240 return "DW_OP_addr";
1242 return "DW_OP_deref";
1244 return "DW_OP_const1u";
1246 return "DW_OP_const1s";
1248 return "DW_OP_const2u";
1250 return "DW_OP_const2s";
1252 return "DW_OP_const4u";
1254 return "DW_OP_const4s";
1256 return "DW_OP_const8u";
1258 return "DW_OP_const8s";
1260 return "DW_OP_constu";
1262 return "DW_OP_consts";
1266 return "DW_OP_drop";
1268 return "DW_OP_over";
1270 return "DW_OP_pick";
1272 return "DW_OP_swap";
1276 return "DW_OP_xderef";
1284 return "DW_OP_minus";
1296 return "DW_OP_plus";
1297 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
1298 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
1304 return "DW_OP_shra";
1322 return "DW_OP_skip";
1324 return "DW_OP_lit0";
1326 return "DW_OP_lit1";
1328 return "DW_OP_lit2";
1330 return "DW_OP_lit3";
1332 return "DW_OP_lit4";
1334 return "DW_OP_lit5";
1336 return "DW_OP_lit6";
1338 return "DW_OP_lit7";
1340 return "DW_OP_lit8";
1342 return "DW_OP_lit9";
1344 return "DW_OP_lit10";
1346 return "DW_OP_lit11";
1348 return "DW_OP_lit12";
1350 return "DW_OP_lit13";
1352 return "DW_OP_lit14";
1354 return "DW_OP_lit15";
1356 return "DW_OP_lit16";
1358 return "DW_OP_lit17";
1360 return "DW_OP_lit18";
1362 return "DW_OP_lit19";
1364 return "DW_OP_lit20";
1366 return "DW_OP_lit21";
1368 return "DW_OP_lit22";
1370 return "DW_OP_lit23";
1372 return "DW_OP_lit24";
1374 return "DW_OP_lit25";
1376 return "DW_OP_lit26";
1378 return "DW_OP_lit27";
1380 return "DW_OP_lit28";
1382 return "DW_OP_lit29";
1384 return "DW_OP_lit30";
1386 return "DW_OP_lit31";
1388 return "DW_OP_reg0";
1390 return "DW_OP_reg1";
1392 return "DW_OP_reg2";
1394 return "DW_OP_reg3";
1396 return "DW_OP_reg4";
1398 return "DW_OP_reg5";
1400 return "DW_OP_reg6";
1402 return "DW_OP_reg7";
1404 return "DW_OP_reg8";
1406 return "DW_OP_reg9";
1408 return "DW_OP_reg10";
1410 return "DW_OP_reg11";
1412 return "DW_OP_reg12";
1414 return "DW_OP_reg13";
1416 return "DW_OP_reg14";
1418 return "DW_OP_reg15";
1420 return "DW_OP_reg16";
1422 return "DW_OP_reg17";
1424 return "DW_OP_reg18";
1426 return "DW_OP_reg19";
1428 return "DW_OP_reg20";
1430 return "DW_OP_reg21";
1432 return "DW_OP_reg22";
1434 return "DW_OP_reg23";
1436 return "DW_OP_reg24";
1438 return "DW_OP_reg25";
1440 return "DW_OP_reg26";
1442 return "DW_OP_reg27";
1444 return "DW_OP_reg28";
1446 return "DW_OP_reg29";
1448 return "DW_OP_reg30";
1450 return "DW_OP_reg31";
1452 return "DW_OP_breg0";
1454 return "DW_OP_breg1";
1456 return "DW_OP_breg2";
1458 return "DW_OP_breg3";
1460 return "DW_OP_breg4";
1462 return "DW_OP_breg5";
1464 return "DW_OP_breg6";
1466 return "DW_OP_breg7";
1468 return "DW_OP_breg8";
1470 return "DW_OP_breg9";
1472 return "DW_OP_breg10";
1474 return "DW_OP_breg11";
1476 return "DW_OP_breg12";
1478 return "DW_OP_breg13";
1480 return "DW_OP_breg14";
1482 return "DW_OP_breg15";
1484 return "DW_OP_breg16";
1486 return "DW_OP_breg17";
1488 return "DW_OP_breg18";
1490 return "DW_OP_breg19";
1492 return "DW_OP_breg20";
1494 return "DW_OP_breg21";
1496 return "DW_OP_breg22";
1498 return "DW_OP_breg23";
1500 return "DW_OP_breg24";
1502 return "DW_OP_breg25";
1504 return "DW_OP_breg26";
1506 return "DW_OP_breg27";
1508 return "DW_OP_breg28";
1510 return "DW_OP_breg29";
1512 return "DW_OP_breg30";
1514 return "DW_OP_breg31";
1516 return "DW_OP_regx";
1518 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
1520 return "DW_OP_bregx";
1522 return "DW_OP_piece";
1523 case DW_OP_deref_size:
1524 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
1525 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
1526 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
1530 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
1531 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
1533 return "DW_OP_call2";
1535 return "DW_OP_call4";
1536 case DW_OP_call_ref:
1537 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
1538 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1539 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
1540 case DW_OP_stack_value:
1541 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
1542 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
1543 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
1544 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
1545 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
1546 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
1547 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
1549 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
1550 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
1551 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
1552 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
1553 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
1554 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
1555 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
1556 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
1557 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
1558 return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
1559 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
1560 return "DW_OP_GNU_const_type";
1561 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
1562 return "DW_OP_GNU_regval_type";
1563 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
1564 return "DW_OP_GNU_deref_type";
1565 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
1566 return "DW_OP_GNU_convert";
1567 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
1568 return "DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret";
1569 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
1570 return "DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref";
1573 return "OP_<unknown>";
1577 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1578 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1579 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1581 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1582 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
1583 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
1585 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
1587 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
1588 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
1589 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
1590 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
1591 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
1596 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1599 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1600 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1603 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
1606 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
1609 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1612 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
1614 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
1616 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1617 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
1623 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1626 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node *a, dw_val_node *b)
1628 if (a->val_class != b->val_class)
1630 switch (a->val_class)
1632 case dw_val_class_none:
1634 case dw_val_class_addr:
1635 return rtx_equal_p (a->v.val_addr, b->v.val_addr);
1637 case dw_val_class_offset:
1638 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
1639 case dw_val_class_const:
1640 case dw_val_class_range_list:
1641 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
1642 case dw_val_class_macptr:
1643 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1644 return a->v.val_unsigned == b->v.val_unsigned;
1646 case dw_val_class_loc:
1647 return a->v.val_loc == b->v.val_loc;
1648 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
1649 return a->v.val_loc_list == b->v.val_loc_list;
1650 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
1651 return a->v.val_die_ref.die == b->v.val_die_ref.die;
1652 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
1653 return a->v.val_fde_index == b->v.val_fde_index;
1654 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
1655 return strcmp (a->v.val_lbl_id, b->v.val_lbl_id) == 0;
1656 case dw_val_class_str:
1657 return a->v.val_str == b->v.val_str;
1658 case dw_val_class_flag:
1659 return a->v.val_flag == b->v.val_flag;
1660 case dw_val_class_file:
1661 return a->v.val_file == b->v.val_file;
1662 case dw_val_class_decl_ref:
1663 return a->v.val_decl_ref == b->v.val_decl_ref;
1665 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1666 return (a->v.val_double.high == b->v.val_double.high
1667 && a->v.val_double.low == b->v.val_double.low);
1669 case dw_val_class_vec:
1671 size_t a_len = a->v.val_vec.elt_size * a->v.val_vec.length;
1672 size_t b_len = b->v.val_vec.elt_size * b->v.val_vec.length;
1674 return (a_len == b_len
1675 && !memcmp (a->v.val_vec.array, b->v.val_vec.array, a_len));
1678 case dw_val_class_data8:
1679 return memcmp (a->v.val_data8, b->v.val_data8, 8) == 0;
1681 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
1682 return (!strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1)
1683 && !strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1));
1688 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1691 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
1693 if (a->dw_loc_opc != b->dw_loc_opc)
1696 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1697 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1698 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1699 if (a->dtprel != b->dtprel)
1702 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd1, &b->dw_loc_oprnd1)
1703 && dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd2, &b->dw_loc_oprnd2));
1706 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1709 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
1715 if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
1717 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a, b))
1726 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
1729 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1731 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
1734 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
1739 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1740 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
1744 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
1745 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
1746 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
1747 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
1748 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
1750 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1751 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1753 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
1754 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
1757 else if (offset > 0)
1758 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
1762 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
1763 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
1767 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1770 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1773 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
1774 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
1777 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1778 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1780 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref);
1782 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1784 static unsigned long
1785 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
1787 unsigned long size = 1;
1789 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
1792 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
1811 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1814 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1819 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
1820 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1858 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1861 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1864 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1867 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1868 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
1871 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1873 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
1874 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1875 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
1877 case DW_OP_deref_size:
1878 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
1887 case DW_OP_call_ref:
1888 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE;
1890 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1891 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
1892 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
1894 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
1895 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE + size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
1897 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
1899 unsigned long op_size = size_of_locs (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
1900 size += size_of_uleb128 (op_size) + op_size;
1903 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
1906 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
1907 size += size_of_uleb128 (o) + 1;
1908 switch (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class)
1910 case dw_val_class_vec:
1911 size += loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length
1912 * loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size;
1914 case dw_val_class_const:
1915 size += HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1917 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1918 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1925 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
1928 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
1929 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
1930 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
1933 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
1936 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
1937 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
1940 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
1941 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
1942 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
1943 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1947 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
1948 size += size_of_uleb128 (o);
1951 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
1961 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1964 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
1969 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
1970 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
1971 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
1973 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
1975 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
1980 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
1982 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
1983 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
1989 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
1990 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref);
1991 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref);
1993 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
1994 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
1995 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
1996 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
1997 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
1998 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2001 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
2003 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2004 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2006 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2008 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2011 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2016 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
2017 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 4,
2019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2024 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2029 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
2030 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 8,
2032 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2037 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
2038 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2045 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
2046 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2051 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2052 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2053 switch (val2->val_class)
2055 case dw_val_class_const:
2056 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2058 case dw_val_class_vec:
2060 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
2061 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
2065 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
2070 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
2073 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
2074 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
2077 case dw_val_class_const_double:
2079 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
2081 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2083 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
2084 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
2088 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
2089 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
2091 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
2093 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
2097 case dw_val_class_addr:
2098 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
2099 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
2114 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2115 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2116 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2117 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2118 only doing unwinding. */
2123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2129 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2134 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2169 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2173 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2174 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2175 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2176 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2177 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2178 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2182 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2186 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2187 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2188 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2189 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2190 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2191 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2192 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2198 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
2199 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2200 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2202 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2203 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2210 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
2212 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
2215 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2222 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2223 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2230 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
2232 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2233 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
2234 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
2235 get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2236 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
2237 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2241 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
2242 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1->v.val_loc), NULL);
2243 output_loc_sequence (val1->v.val_loc, for_eh_or_skip);
2246 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
2248 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die), l;
2250 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2251 switch (val2->val_class)
2253 case dw_val_class_const:
2254 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
2256 dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2258 case dw_val_class_vec:
2260 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
2261 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
2266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
2267 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
2272 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
2275 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
2276 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
2279 case dw_val_class_const_double:
2281 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
2282 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2284 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l, NULL);
2285 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2287 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
2288 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
2292 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
2293 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
2295 dw2_asm_output_data (l, first, NULL);
2296 dw2_asm_output_data (l, second, NULL);
2304 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
2306 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2307 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
2309 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2311 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2312 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2313 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2315 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2319 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
2321 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
2323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2324 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2327 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
2328 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
2329 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
2330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2333 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2335 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2339 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
2342 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
2343 o = get_ref_die_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2344 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o, NULL);
2349 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2354 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2355 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2356 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2357 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2358 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2359 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2362 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
2364 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2366 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
2367 /* Output the opcode. */
2368 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
2369 && opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
2371 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
2372 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2373 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2374 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
2376 else if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
2377 && opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
2379 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
2380 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2381 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2382 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
2385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc,
2386 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc));
2388 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2389 output_loc_operands (loc, for_eh_or_skip);
2393 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2394 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2397 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2399 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2400 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2402 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2405 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2406 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2412 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2413 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2414 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2415 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
2420 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2421 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
2426 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2427 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
2432 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
2433 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2434 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
2442 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
2443 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2445 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2446 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
2452 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
2453 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2454 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2455 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2456 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
2461 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2463 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2464 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2467 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
2468 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2470 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
2507 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2508 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
2513 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
2514 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2515 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2516 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2517 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
2518 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2519 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
2523 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
2524 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
2525 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
2526 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
2527 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
2528 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
2529 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
2530 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
2535 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2541 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2545 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
2546 /* Output the opcode. */
2547 if (opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
2549 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
2550 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
2551 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2552 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
2554 else if (opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
2556 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
2557 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
2558 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2559 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
2561 /* Output the opcode. */
2562 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", opc);
2563 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
2565 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
2567 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
2569 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2573 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2574 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2577 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2578 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
2580 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2582 offset += cfa->offset;
2586 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2587 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2588 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2589 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2592 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
2593 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2597 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
2602 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2603 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2606 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2607 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa,
2608 HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
2610 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
2611 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2612 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2614 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2615 if (cfa->reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa->indirect == 0)
2617 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
2618 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
2619 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
2620 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
2623 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
2627 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2629 /* .debug_str support. */
2630 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
2632 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2633 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2634 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2635 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2636 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2637 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2638 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2639 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
2640 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2641 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2642 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
2643 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
2644 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
2645 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
2646 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
2648 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
2649 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
2650 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
2651 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
2653 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2655 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
2659 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
2662 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
2663 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
2664 dwarf2out_begin_block,
2665 dwarf2out_end_block,
2666 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
2667 dwarf2out_source_line,
2668 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
2669 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2670 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue,
2671 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue,
2673 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
2674 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
2676 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
2677 dwarf2out_begin_function,
2678 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
2679 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
2680 dwarf2out_global_decl,
2681 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
2682 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
2683 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
2684 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2685 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2686 something tries to reference them. */
2687 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
2688 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
2689 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
2690 dwarf2out_var_location,
2691 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
2693 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2694 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE /* tree_type_symtab_field */
2697 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2698 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2699 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2701 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2702 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2703 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2704 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2706 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2707 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2708 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2709 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2710 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2711 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2714 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
2716 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2717 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2719 typedef long int dw_offset;
2721 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2723 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
2724 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
2725 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
2726 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
2727 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
2728 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
2730 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2731 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2732 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2735 enum dw_line_info_opcode {
2736 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2739 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2740 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2744 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2747 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2750 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2753 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2754 LI_set_prologue_end,
2755 LI_set_epilogue_begin,
2757 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2758 LI_set_discriminator
2761 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
2762 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode;
2764 } dw_line_info_entry;
2766 DEF_VEC_O(dw_line_info_entry);
2767 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_line_info_entry, gc);
2769 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct {
2770 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2771 const char *end_label;
2773 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2774 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2775 unsigned int file_num;
2776 unsigned int line_num;
2777 unsigned int column_num;
2782 VEC(dw_line_info_entry, gc) *entries;
2783 } dw_line_info_table;
2785 typedef dw_line_info_table *dw_line_info_table_p;
2787 DEF_VEC_P(dw_line_info_table_p);
2788 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_line_info_table_p, gc);
2790 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2791 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2792 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2794 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
2795 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
2796 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
2800 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
2801 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
2803 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
2804 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
2805 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
2807 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
2808 union die_symbol_or_type_node
2810 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
2811 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
2813 GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id;
2814 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
2815 dw_die_ref die_parent;
2816 dw_die_ref die_child;
2818 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
2819 dw_offset die_offset;
2820 unsigned long die_abbrev;
2822 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
2823 int die_perennial_p;
2824 unsigned int decl_id;
2825 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
2829 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
2830 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
2831 c = die->die_child; \
2835 } while (c != die->die_child); \
2838 /* The pubname structure */
2840 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
2846 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
2847 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
2849 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
2850 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
2851 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
2855 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
2857 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct {
2859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno;
2864 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry);
2865 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry, gc);
2867 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
2872 /* The comdat type node structure. */
2873 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
2875 dw_die_ref root_die;
2876 dw_die_ref type_die;
2877 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
2878 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
2882 /* The limbo die list structure. */
2883 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
2886 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
2890 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
2894 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
2896 skeleton_chain_node;
2898 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
2899 implicitly generated for a type.
2901 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
2902 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
2903 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
2904 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
2905 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
2906 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
2907 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
2909 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
2910 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
2911 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
2912 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
2913 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
2914 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
2915 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
2916 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
2917 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
2919 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
2920 language, and compiler version. */
2922 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
2923 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2924 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
2926 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
2927 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2928 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
2929 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
2931 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
2932 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
2934 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
2935 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
2936 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2937 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2938 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
2940 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
2941 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
2942 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
2943 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2944 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2945 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
2947 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
2948 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
2949 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
2950 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
2952 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
2956 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
2957 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
2958 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
2960 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
2961 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
2963 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
2964 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
2966 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
2967 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
2968 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
2969 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
2970 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
2972 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
2973 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
2974 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
2977 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
2978 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
2979 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
2981 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
2982 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die;
2984 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
2985 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
2987 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
2988 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
2990 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
2991 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
2992 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
2994 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
2995 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
2997 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
2998 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
2999 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3001 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
3002 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
3003 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
3005 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
3010 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
3011 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
3013 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3014 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
3015 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
3016 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
3017 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
3018 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
3019 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
3020 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
3021 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
3022 NULL as second operand. */
3024 const char * GTY (()) label;
3025 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3028 /* Variable location list. */
3029 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
3030 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3032 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
3033 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
3034 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
3035 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
3036 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
3037 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
3038 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3040 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
3041 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
3042 is after section switch. */
3043 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch;
3045 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3046 unsigned int decl_id;
3048 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3050 /* Call argument location list. */
3051 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node {
3052 rtx GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note;
3053 const char * GTY (()) label;
3054 tree GTY (()) block;
3056 rtx GTY (()) symbol_ref;
3057 struct call_arg_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3061 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3062 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3064 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
3065 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_locations;
3066 static struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_loc_last;
3068 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
3069 static int call_site_count = -1;
3070 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
3071 static int tail_call_site_count = -1;
3073 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
3075 static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *block_map;
3077 /* A cached location list. */
3078 struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def {
3079 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
3080 unsigned int decl_id;
3082 /* The cached location list. */
3083 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
3085 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list;
3087 /* Table of cached location lists. */
3088 static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table;
3090 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3091 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3092 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3093 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3094 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3096 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3097 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3099 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3100 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3102 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3103 abbrev_die_table. */
3104 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3106 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
3107 static unsigned int line_info_label_num;
3109 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
3110 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
3111 assembly for the function. */
3112 static dw_line_info_table *cur_line_info_table;
3114 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
3115 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *text_section_line_info;
3116 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *cold_text_section_line_info;
3118 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
3119 static GTY(()) VEC (dw_line_info_table_p, gc) *separate_line_info;
3121 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
3123 static bool info_section_emitted;
3125 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3126 accessible names. */
3127 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
3129 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3130 accessible types. */
3131 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
3133 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
3134 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
3135 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) * macinfo_table;
3137 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3138 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3140 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3141 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3143 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3144 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3146 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3147 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
3148 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
3150 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
3151 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
3153 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
3154 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
3156 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3158 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3160 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3161 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3163 /* Unique label counter. */
3164 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3166 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3167 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
3169 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3170 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3172 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3173 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
3175 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3176 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3178 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
3179 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
3181 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
3183 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3184 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3185 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3186 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3187 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *generic_type_instances;
3189 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3190 within the current function. */
3191 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
3192 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid;
3194 static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *base_types;
3196 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3198 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
3199 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3200 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
3201 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3202 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3203 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3204 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
3205 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3206 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3207 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3208 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3209 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3210 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3211 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3212 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3213 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3214 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3215 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3216 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3217 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3218 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
3219 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3220 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3221 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3222 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3223 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3224 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3225 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3226 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3227 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3228 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3229 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3230 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3231 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3232 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3234 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3235 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3236 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3237 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3238 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3239 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3240 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3241 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3242 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3244 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3245 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3246 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3247 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3248 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3249 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3250 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3251 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3252 static bool is_cxx (void);
3253 static bool is_fortran (void);
3254 static bool is_ada (void);
3255 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3256 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3257 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3258 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3259 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3260 static dw_die_ref strip_naming_typedef (tree, dw_die_ref);
3261 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree);
3262 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3263 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3264 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3265 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3266 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
3267 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3268 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3269 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3270 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
3271 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3272 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
3273 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3274 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3275 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3276 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3277 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3278 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3279 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3280 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
3281 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
3282 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3283 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
3284 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3285 struct checksum_attributes;
3286 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
3287 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3288 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3289 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
3290 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3291 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
3292 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3293 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3294 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3295 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3296 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3297 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3298 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3299 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3300 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3301 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
3302 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
3303 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
3304 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
3305 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
3306 static dw_die_ref copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3307 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
3308 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
3309 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
3310 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
3313 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
3314 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
3315 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
3316 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
3318 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3319 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3320 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3321 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3322 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3323 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3324 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3325 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3326 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3327 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3328 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3329 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3330 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3331 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3332 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3333 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
3334 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3335 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3336 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3337 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3338 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3339 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3340 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3341 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3342 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
3343 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3344 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3345 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
3346 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
3347 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
3348 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
3349 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
3350 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
3351 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
3353 static void output_ranges (void);
3354 static dw_line_info_table *new_line_info_table (void);
3355 static void output_line_info (void);
3356 static void output_file_names (void);
3357 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3358 static int is_base_type (tree);
3359 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3360 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3361 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
3362 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3363 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
3364 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
3365 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
3366 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
3367 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3368 enum var_init_status);
3369 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
3370 enum var_init_status);
3371 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
3372 enum var_init_status);
3373 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
3374 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
3375 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
3376 enum var_init_status);
3377 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
3378 enum var_init_status);
3379 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
3380 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3381 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3382 static tree field_type (const_tree);
3383 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
3384 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
3385 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
3386 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
3387 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3389 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3390 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3391 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3392 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
3393 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
3394 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3395 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, bool,
3396 enum dwarf_attribute);
3397 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3398 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
3399 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3400 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, dw_die_ref);
3401 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3402 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3403 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
3404 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3405 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3406 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3407 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3408 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3409 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3410 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3411 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3412 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3413 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3414 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3415 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3416 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3417 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3418 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3419 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3420 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
3421 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
3423 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3425 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3426 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
3428 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3430 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3431 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
3432 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
3433 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3434 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3435 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3436 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3437 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3438 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3439 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3440 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3441 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3442 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3443 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3444 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3445 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3446 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
3447 enum debug_info_usage);
3448 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3449 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3450 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3451 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3452 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3453 static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
3454 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
3455 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
3456 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3457 static dw_die_ref gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3458 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
3459 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
3460 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3461 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3462 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
3463 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3464 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3465 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
3466 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
3467 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
3468 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3469 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3470 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3471 const char *, const char *);
3472 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3473 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3475 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3476 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref);
3477 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3478 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3479 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3480 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3481 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3482 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
3483 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref);
3484 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref);
3485 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3486 const char *, const char *);
3487 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
3488 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3489 static bool generic_type_p (tree);
3490 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t);
3491 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3493 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3494 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3495 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3497 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3498 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3500 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3501 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3503 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3504 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3506 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
3507 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
3509 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3510 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3512 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3513 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3515 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3516 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3518 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
3519 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
3521 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3522 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3524 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3525 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3528 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3529 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3530 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3533 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3534 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3535 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
3536 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3539 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3540 the section names themselves. */
3542 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3543 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3545 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3546 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
3548 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3549 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3551 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3552 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3554 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3555 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3557 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3558 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3560 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3561 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3563 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3564 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3566 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
3567 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
3571 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3572 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3573 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3574 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3575 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3577 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3578 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3579 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3580 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3581 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3582 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3583 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3584 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3585 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3586 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3588 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3589 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3591 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
3592 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
3594 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3595 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3597 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3598 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3600 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3601 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3605 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3607 comp_unit_die (void)
3609 if (!single_comp_unit_die)
3610 single_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
3611 return single_comp_unit_die;
3614 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3615 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
3617 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3620 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3622 demangle_name_func = func;
3625 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3628 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
3630 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3631 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3632 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3635 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3639 type_main_variant (tree type)
3641 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3643 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3644 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3645 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3646 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3648 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3649 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3650 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3655 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3658 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
3660 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3662 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3663 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3666 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
3669 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label, dw_die_ref ref)
3671 sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset);
3674 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
3676 static unsigned long int
3677 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
3679 if (ref->die_offset)
3680 return ref->die_offset;
3681 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev)
3683 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
3684 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
3686 return ref->die_offset;
3689 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
3691 static unsigned long int
3692 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
3694 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
3695 return ref->die_offset;
3698 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3701 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3705 case DW_TAG_padding:
3706 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3707 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3708 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3709 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3710 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3711 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3712 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3713 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3714 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3715 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3716 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3717 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3718 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3720 return "DW_TAG_label";
3721 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3722 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3724 return "DW_TAG_member";
3725 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3726 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3727 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3728 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3729 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3730 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3731 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3732 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3733 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3734 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3735 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3736 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3737 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3738 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3739 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3740 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3741 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3742 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3743 case DW_TAG_variant:
3744 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3745 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3746 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3747 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3748 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3749 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3750 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3751 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3752 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3754 return "DW_TAG_module";
3755 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3756 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3757 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3758 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3759 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3760 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3761 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3762 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3763 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3764 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3765 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3766 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3767 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3768 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3769 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3770 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3771 case DW_TAG_constant:
3772 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3773 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3774 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3775 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3776 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3778 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3779 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3780 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3781 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3782 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3783 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3784 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3785 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3786 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3787 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3788 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3789 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3790 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3791 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3792 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3793 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3794 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3795 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3796 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3797 case DW_TAG_variable:
3798 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3799 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3800 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3801 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
3802 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
3803 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
3804 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
3805 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
3806 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
3807 case DW_TAG_namespace:
3808 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
3809 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
3810 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
3811 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
3812 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
3813 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
3814 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
3815 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
3816 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
3817 case DW_TAG_condition:
3818 return "DW_TAG_condition";
3819 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
3820 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
3821 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
3822 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
3823 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
3824 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
3825 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
3826 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
3827 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
3828 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
3829 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
3830 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
3831 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3832 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3833 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3834 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3835 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3836 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3837 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3838 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3839 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3840 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3841 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3842 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3843 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
3844 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
3845 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site:
3846 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site";
3847 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter:
3848 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter";
3850 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3854 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3857 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
3862 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3863 case DW_AT_location:
3864 return "DW_AT_location";
3866 return "DW_AT_name";
3867 case DW_AT_ordering:
3868 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3869 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3870 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3871 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3872 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3873 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3874 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3875 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3876 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3877 case DW_AT_element_list:
3878 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3879 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3880 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3882 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3884 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3885 case DW_AT_language:
3886 return "DW_AT_language";
3888 return "DW_AT_member";
3890 return "DW_AT_discr";
3891 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3892 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3893 case DW_AT_visibility:
3894 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3896 return "DW_AT_import";
3897 case DW_AT_string_length:
3898 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3899 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3900 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3901 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3902 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3903 case DW_AT_const_value:
3904 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3905 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3906 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3907 case DW_AT_default_value:
3908 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3910 return "DW_AT_inline";
3911 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3912 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3913 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3914 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3915 case DW_AT_producer:
3916 return "DW_AT_producer";
3917 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3918 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3919 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3920 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3921 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3922 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3923 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
3924 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
3925 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3926 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3927 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3928 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3929 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3930 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3931 case DW_AT_address_class:
3932 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3933 case DW_AT_artificial:
3934 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3935 case DW_AT_base_types:
3936 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3937 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3938 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3940 return "DW_AT_count";
3941 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3942 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3943 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3944 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3945 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3946 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3947 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3948 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3949 case DW_AT_declaration:
3950 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3951 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3952 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3953 case DW_AT_encoding:
3954 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3955 case DW_AT_external:
3956 return "DW_AT_external";
3957 case DW_AT_explicit:
3958 return "DW_AT_explicit";
3959 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3960 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3962 return "DW_AT_friend";
3963 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3964 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3965 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3966 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3967 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3968 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3969 case DW_AT_priority:
3970 return "DW_AT_priority";
3972 return "DW_AT_segment";
3973 case DW_AT_specification:
3974 return "DW_AT_specification";
3975 case DW_AT_static_link:
3976 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3978 return "DW_AT_type";
3979 case DW_AT_use_location:
3980 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3981 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
3982 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3983 case DW_AT_virtuality:
3984 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3985 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
3986 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3988 case DW_AT_allocated:
3989 return "DW_AT_allocated";
3990 case DW_AT_associated:
3991 return "DW_AT_associated";
3992 case DW_AT_data_location:
3993 return "DW_AT_data_location";
3994 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
3995 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
3996 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
3997 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
3998 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
3999 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4000 case DW_AT_extension:
4001 return "DW_AT_extension";
4003 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4004 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4005 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4006 case DW_AT_call_column:
4007 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4008 case DW_AT_call_file:
4009 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4010 case DW_AT_call_line:
4011 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4012 case DW_AT_object_pointer:
4013 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
4015 case DW_AT_signature:
4016 return "DW_AT_signature";
4017 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
4018 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
4019 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
4020 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
4021 case DW_AT_const_expr:
4022 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
4023 case DW_AT_enum_class:
4024 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
4025 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
4026 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
4028 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4029 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4030 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4031 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4032 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4033 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4034 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4035 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4036 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4037 case DW_AT_HP_prologue:
4038 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
4040 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4041 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4043 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4044 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4045 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4046 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4047 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4048 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue:
4049 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
4051 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4052 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4054 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4055 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4056 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4057 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4058 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4059 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4061 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4062 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4063 case DW_AT_src_info:
4064 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4065 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4066 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4067 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4068 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4069 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4070 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4071 case DW_AT_body_end:
4072 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4074 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4075 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4076 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
4077 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
4078 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
4079 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
4080 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
4081 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
4082 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
4083 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
4084 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
4085 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
4086 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
4087 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
4088 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
4089 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
4090 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
4091 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
4092 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
4093 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
4094 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value:
4095 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value";
4096 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value:
4097 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value";
4098 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target:
4099 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target";
4100 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered:
4101 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered";
4102 case DW_AT_GNU_tail_call:
4103 return "DW_AT_GNU_tail_call";
4104 case DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites:
4105 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites";
4106 case DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites:
4107 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
4108 case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites:
4109 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
4110 case DW_AT_GNU_macros:
4111 return "DW_AT_GNU_macros";
4113 case DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type:
4114 return "DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type";
4116 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4117 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4120 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4124 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4127 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4132 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4133 case DW_FORM_block2:
4134 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4135 case DW_FORM_block4:
4136 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4138 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4140 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4142 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4143 case DW_FORM_string:
4144 return "DW_FORM_string";
4146 return "DW_FORM_block";
4147 case DW_FORM_block1:
4148 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4150 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4152 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4154 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4156 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4158 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4159 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4160 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4162 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4164 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4166 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4168 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4169 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4170 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4171 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4172 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4173 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
4174 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
4175 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
4176 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
4177 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
4178 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
4179 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
4180 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
4182 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4186 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4187 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4188 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4189 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4193 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
4195 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4198 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4199 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4200 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4201 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4204 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4205 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4206 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4208 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4211 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4212 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4216 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4218 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4220 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4221 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4223 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4224 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4226 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4227 context = NULL_TREE;
4232 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4235 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4237 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4241 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4242 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4243 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4246 static inline enum dw_val_class
4247 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4249 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4252 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4255 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4259 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4260 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4261 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4262 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4265 static inline unsigned
4266 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4268 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4269 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4272 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4275 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4279 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4280 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4281 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4282 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4285 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4286 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4288 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4289 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4292 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4295 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4296 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4300 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4301 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4302 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4303 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4306 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4307 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4309 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4310 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4313 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4316 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4317 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
4321 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4322 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
4323 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
4324 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
4325 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4328 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4331 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4332 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4336 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4337 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4338 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4339 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4340 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4341 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4344 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
4347 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4348 unsigned char data8[8])
4352 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4353 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
4354 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
4355 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4358 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4361 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4363 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4367 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4369 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4370 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4373 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4375 static struct indirect_string_node *
4376 find_AT_string (const char *str)
4378 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4381 if (! debug_str_hash)
4382 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4383 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4385 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4386 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4389 node = ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
4390 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4394 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4400 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4403 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4406 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4408 node = find_AT_string (str);
4410 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4411 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4412 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4413 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4416 static inline const char *
4417 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4419 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4420 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4423 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4424 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4426 static enum dwarf_form
4427 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4429 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4433 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4435 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4439 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4441 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4442 always better to put it inline. */
4443 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4444 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4446 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4447 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4449 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4450 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4451 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
4452 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4454 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4455 ++dw2_string_counter;
4456 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4458 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4461 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4464 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4468 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4469 gcc_assert (targ_die != NULL);
4471 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4472 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4473 if (targ_die == NULL)
4477 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4478 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4479 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4480 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4481 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4484 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4485 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4488 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4490 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4491 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4492 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4495 static inline dw_die_ref
4496 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4498 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4499 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4503 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4505 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4506 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4512 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4514 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4515 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4518 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4521 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4525 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4526 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4527 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4528 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4531 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4534 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4538 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4539 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4540 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4541 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4544 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4545 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4547 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4548 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4552 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4556 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4557 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4558 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4559 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4560 have_location_lists = true;
4563 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4564 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4566 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4567 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4570 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
4571 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
4573 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4574 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4577 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4580 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4584 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4585 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4586 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4587 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4590 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
4593 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4595 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
4596 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4599 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
4602 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4603 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
4607 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4608 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
4609 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
4610 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4613 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
4615 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
4616 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
4618 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
4619 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
4622 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
4625 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4626 const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2)
4630 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4631 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta;
4632 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1);
4633 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2);
4634 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4637 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4640 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4644 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4645 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4646 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4647 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4650 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4651 debug_line section. */
4654 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4659 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4660 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
4661 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4662 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4665 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4666 debug_macinfo section. */
4669 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4674 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4675 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
4676 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4677 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4680 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4683 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4684 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4688 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4689 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4690 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4691 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4694 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4697 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4698 long unsigned int offset)
4702 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4703 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4704 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4705 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4708 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
4710 static inline const char *
4711 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a)
4713 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
4714 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1;
4717 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
4719 static inline const char *
4720 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a)
4722 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
4723 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2;
4726 static inline const char *
4727 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4729 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4730 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
4731 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
4732 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4735 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4738 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4742 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4747 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
4748 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4750 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4751 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4755 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4760 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4761 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4762 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4764 static inline const char *
4765 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4767 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4769 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4772 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4773 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4774 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4776 static inline const char *
4777 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4779 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4781 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4784 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4785 NULL if it is not present. */
4787 static inline const char *
4788 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4790 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4792 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4795 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4796 if it is not present. */
4799 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4801 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4803 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4806 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4807 if it is not present. */
4809 static inline unsigned
4810 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4812 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4814 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4817 static inline dw_die_ref
4818 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4820 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4822 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4825 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
4826 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4828 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4830 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
4833 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4838 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4840 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
4843 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4848 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4850 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
4851 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
4852 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
4855 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4860 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4862 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
4865 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4868 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4876 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
4877 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4879 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4880 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
4881 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
4883 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
4885 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
4890 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
4891 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
4894 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
4896 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
4897 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
4900 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
4904 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
4905 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
4906 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
4909 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
4910 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
4913 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
4915 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
4917 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
4918 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
4920 new_child->die_parent = parent;
4921 if (prev == old_child)
4923 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
4924 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
4928 prev->die_sib = new_child;
4929 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
4931 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
4932 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
4935 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
4938 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
4941 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
4942 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
4943 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
4946 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
4950 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
4956 dw_die_ref prev = c;
4958 while (c->die_tag == tag)
4960 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
4961 /* Might have removed every child. */
4962 if (c == c->die_sib)
4966 } while (c != die->die_child);
4969 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
4972 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
4974 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
4975 if (! die || ! child_die)
4977 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
4979 child_die->die_parent = die;
4982 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
4983 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
4986 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
4987 die->die_child = child_die;
4990 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4991 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
4992 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
4995 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
4999 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5000 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5001 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5003 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5009 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5010 || (child->die_parent
5011 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5013 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5014 if (p->die_sib == child)
5016 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5020 add_child_die (parent, child);
5023 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5025 static inline dw_die_ref
5026 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5028 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
5030 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5032 if (parent_die != NULL)
5033 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5036 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5038 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
5039 limbo_node->die = die;
5040 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5041 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5042 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5048 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5050 static inline dw_die_ref
5051 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5053 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5056 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
5057 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
5058 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
5060 static inline dw_die_ref
5061 strip_naming_typedef (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5064 && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
5066 && type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef
5067 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
5068 type_die = get_AT_ref (type_die, DW_AT_type);
5072 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
5073 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
5074 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
5075 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
5076 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
5077 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
5079 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
5080 a naming typedef is. */
5082 static inline dw_die_ref
5083 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type)
5085 dw_die_ref die = lookup_type_die (type);
5086 return strip_naming_typedef (type, die);
5089 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5092 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5094 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5097 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5100 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5102 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5105 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5108 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5110 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5113 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5115 static inline dw_die_ref
5116 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5118 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5121 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5124 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5126 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5129 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5133 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5135 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5138 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5140 static inline var_loc_list *
5141 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
5143 if (!decl_loc_table)
5145 return (var_loc_list *)
5146 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5149 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
5152 cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x)
5154 return (hashval_t) ((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5157 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
5161 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5163 return (((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id
5164 == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5167 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5170 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5172 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5175 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5177 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5180 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5183 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
5185 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
5188 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
5189 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
5190 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
5193 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5196 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
5198 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
5199 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
5201 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
5204 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
5205 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
5208 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
5210 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
5211 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
5213 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
5218 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
5219 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
5222 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
5223 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
5227 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
5229 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
5234 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
5235 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
5236 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
5237 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
5238 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
5239 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
5240 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
5241 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
5242 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
5245 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
5246 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
5247 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
5250 bool copy = inner != NULL;
5254 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
5255 while (src != inner)
5257 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
5258 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
5259 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5260 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
5263 /* Add padding if needed. */
5264 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
5266 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
5267 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5268 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5270 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
5273 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
5274 just update the location for it and return. */
5275 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
5278 /* Add the piece that changed. */
5279 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5280 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5281 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
5282 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
5285 while (diff > 0 && *src)
5288 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
5290 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
5293 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
5294 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
5297 /* Add padding if needed. */
5298 if (diff < 0 && *src)
5302 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5303 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5307 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
5310 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
5311 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
5312 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5313 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
5317 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5319 static struct var_loc_node *
5320 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
5322 unsigned int decl_id;
5325 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
5326 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
5328 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
5330 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
5331 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
5333 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
5336 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
5337 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
5338 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
5339 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
5341 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
5342 || bitsize != maxsize)
5348 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5349 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5352 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
5353 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5357 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
5359 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
5360 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
5362 && temp->first == temp->last
5363 && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
5364 && GET_CODE (temp->first->loc) == NOTE
5365 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp->first->loc) == decl
5366 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
5367 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc)
5368 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc))
5369 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
5370 && prev_real_insn (temp->first->loc) == NULL_RTX
5372 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc),
5373 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note))
5374 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->first->loc)
5375 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))))
5377 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
5378 temp->first->next = loc;
5380 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5382 else if (temp->last)
5384 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
5385 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
5386 int piece_bitpos = 0;
5390 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
5392 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
5394 piece_loc = &last->loc;
5397 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
5398 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
5400 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
5401 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
5405 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
5406 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
5408 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
5410 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
5411 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
5412 if (piece_loc != NULL)
5414 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
5415 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
5418 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
5419 if (temp->last != last)
5421 temp->last->next = NULL;
5424 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
5428 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last
5429 || (temp->first->next == temp->last
5430 && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL));
5431 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
5432 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5436 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
5437 last_loc_note = last->loc;
5438 else if (piece_loc != NULL
5439 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
5440 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
5441 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
5442 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
5444 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
5445 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5446 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5447 we have nothing to do. */
5448 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
5449 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
5450 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
5451 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
5452 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
5453 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
5454 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5455 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
5456 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
5458 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
5459 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
5460 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
5464 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
5467 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
5468 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
5469 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5471 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
5472 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
5474 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
5475 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
5476 if (last != temp->last)
5484 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
5487 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5492 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5493 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5494 the DIE internal representation. */
5495 static int print_indent;
5497 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5500 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5502 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5505 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
5508 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
5512 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
5513 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
5516 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5517 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5520 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5526 print_spaces (outfile);
5527 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
5528 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag),
5530 print_spaces (outfile);
5531 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5532 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld", die->die_offset);
5533 fprintf (outfile, " mark: %d\n", die->die_mark);
5535 if (use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_type_node)
5537 print_spaces (outfile);
5538 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
5539 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
5540 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5543 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
5545 print_spaces (outfile);
5546 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5548 switch (AT_class (a))
5550 case dw_val_class_addr:
5551 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5553 case dw_val_class_offset:
5554 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5556 case dw_val_class_loc:
5557 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5559 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5560 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5561 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5563 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5564 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5566 case dw_val_class_const:
5567 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5569 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5570 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5572 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5573 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
5574 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
5575 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
5576 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
5578 case dw_val_class_vec:
5579 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5581 case dw_val_class_flag:
5582 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5584 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5585 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5587 if (use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
5589 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
5590 print_signature (outfile,
5591 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
5593 else if (! use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
5594 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
5595 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
5597 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5598 fprintf (outfile, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a));
5601 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5603 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
5604 fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
5605 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a));
5607 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5608 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5609 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5610 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5612 case dw_val_class_str:
5613 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5614 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5616 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5618 case dw_val_class_file:
5619 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5620 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5622 case dw_val_class_data8:
5626 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
5627 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
5634 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5637 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5640 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5643 if (print_indent == 0)
5644 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5647 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5650 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5652 print_die (die, stderr);
5655 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5656 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5662 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr);
5665 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5666 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5667 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5670 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5672 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5673 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5675 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5679 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5682 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5684 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5686 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5690 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5691 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5693 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5696 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5700 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
5702 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5703 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5706 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5709 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5711 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5714 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5716 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5717 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5718 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5721 switch (AT_class (at))
5723 case dw_val_class_const:
5724 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5726 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5727 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5729 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5730 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
5732 case dw_val_class_vec:
5733 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5735 case dw_val_class_flag:
5736 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5738 case dw_val_class_str:
5739 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5742 case dw_val_class_addr:
5744 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5745 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5748 case dw_val_class_offset:
5749 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5752 case dw_val_class_loc:
5753 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5754 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5757 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5758 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5761 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5762 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
5763 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5764 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5765 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5768 case dw_val_class_file:
5769 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
5772 case dw_val_class_data8:
5773 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
5781 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5784 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5790 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5793 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5796 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5798 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5800 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
5801 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5803 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
5807 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5809 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
5810 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5811 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
5812 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5813 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5814 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
5815 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
5817 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
5820 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5827 byte = (value & 0x7f);
5829 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
5830 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
5839 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
5842 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5846 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
5849 /* More bytes to follow. */
5857 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
5858 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
5861 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5865 int tag = die->die_tag;
5867 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
5868 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
5869 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
5872 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
5874 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
5878 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
5879 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
5881 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
5882 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
5884 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
5887 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5890 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5892 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
5893 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
5894 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
5896 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5897 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5901 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
5904 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5905 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5906 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5907 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5911 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5914 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
5915 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5917 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5920 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5922 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
5924 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
5925 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
5926 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
5927 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
5928 is complete or not. */
5929 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
5930 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5931 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5932 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
5933 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
5934 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
5935 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
5937 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
5939 if (name_attr != NULL)
5941 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
5945 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
5946 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5947 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
5948 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
5949 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
5950 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
5955 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
5956 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
5957 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
5958 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
5960 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
5961 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5962 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
5966 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
5970 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5971 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
5972 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5973 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
5974 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
5975 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
5980 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
5981 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5983 switch (AT_class (at))
5985 case dw_val_class_const:
5986 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5987 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5990 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5991 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5992 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5995 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5996 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
5997 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
5998 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
6001 case dw_val_class_vec:
6002 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
6003 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
6004 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
6007 case dw_val_class_flag:
6008 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
6009 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
6012 case dw_val_class_str:
6013 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6014 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
6017 case dw_val_class_addr:
6019 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
6020 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6021 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
6024 case dw_val_class_offset:
6025 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
6026 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6029 case dw_val_class_loc:
6030 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
6031 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
6034 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6035 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6036 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6037 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6040 case dw_val_class_file:
6041 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6042 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
6045 case dw_val_class_data8:
6046 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
6054 struct checksum_attributes
6056 dw_attr_ref at_name;
6057 dw_attr_ref at_type;
6058 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
6059 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
6060 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
6061 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
6062 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
6063 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
6064 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
6065 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
6066 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
6067 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
6068 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
6069 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
6070 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
6071 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
6072 dw_attr_ref at_count;
6073 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
6074 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
6075 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
6076 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
6077 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
6078 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
6079 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
6080 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
6081 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
6082 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
6083 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
6084 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
6085 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
6086 dw_attr_ref at_location;
6087 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
6088 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
6089 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
6090 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
6091 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
6092 dw_attr_ref at_small;
6093 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
6094 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
6095 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
6096 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
6097 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
6098 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
6099 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
6100 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
6101 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
6102 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
6105 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
6108 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
6113 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
6124 attrs->at_friend = a;
6126 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6127 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
6129 case DW_AT_address_class:
6130 attrs->at_address_class = a;
6132 case DW_AT_allocated:
6133 attrs->at_allocated = a;
6135 case DW_AT_artificial:
6136 attrs->at_artificial = a;
6138 case DW_AT_associated:
6139 attrs->at_associated = a;
6141 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
6142 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
6144 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6145 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
6147 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6148 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
6150 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6151 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
6153 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6154 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
6156 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6157 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
6159 case DW_AT_const_value:
6160 attrs->at_const_value = a;
6162 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6163 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
6166 attrs->at_count = a;
6168 case DW_AT_data_location:
6169 attrs->at_data_location = a;
6171 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6172 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
6174 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
6175 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
6177 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
6178 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
6180 case DW_AT_default_value:
6181 attrs->at_default_value = a;
6183 case DW_AT_digit_count:
6184 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
6187 attrs->at_discr = a;
6189 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6190 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
6192 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6193 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
6195 case DW_AT_encoding:
6196 attrs->at_encoding = a;
6198 case DW_AT_endianity:
6199 attrs->at_endianity = a;
6201 case DW_AT_explicit:
6202 attrs->at_explicit = a;
6204 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6205 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
6207 case DW_AT_location:
6208 attrs->at_location = a;
6210 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6211 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
6214 attrs->at_mutable = a;
6216 case DW_AT_ordering:
6217 attrs->at_ordering = a;
6219 case DW_AT_picture_string:
6220 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
6222 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6223 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
6226 attrs->at_small = a;
6229 attrs->at_segment = a;
6231 case DW_AT_string_length:
6232 attrs->at_string_length = a;
6234 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
6235 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
6237 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6238 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
6240 case DW_AT_use_location:
6241 attrs->at_use_location = a;
6243 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6244 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
6246 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6247 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
6249 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6250 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
6252 case DW_AT_visibility:
6253 attrs->at_visibility = a;
6255 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6256 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
6264 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
6267 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6271 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
6273 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
6274 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
6276 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
6278 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6280 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
6281 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
6283 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
6284 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
6285 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
6286 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
6287 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
6288 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
6289 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
6290 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
6291 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
6292 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
6293 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
6294 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
6295 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
6296 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
6297 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
6298 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
6299 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
6300 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
6301 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
6302 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
6303 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
6304 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
6305 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
6306 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
6307 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
6308 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
6309 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
6310 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
6311 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
6312 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
6313 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
6314 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
6315 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
6316 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
6317 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
6318 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
6319 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
6320 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
6321 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
6322 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
6323 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
6324 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
6325 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
6326 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
6327 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
6328 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
6329 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
6331 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
6334 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
6337 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
6338 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6339 && name_attr != NULL)
6341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
6342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
6343 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
6347 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
6348 if (c->die_mark == 0)
6350 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
6352 } while (c != die->die_child);
6354 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
6358 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6359 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
6360 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
6361 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
6363 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
6364 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
6365 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
6366 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
6367 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
6368 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
6369 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
6372 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
6376 unsigned char checksum[16];
6380 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
6381 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6383 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
6384 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
6385 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
6387 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
6389 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6391 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6392 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
6393 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
6395 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
6396 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
6397 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6399 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
6402 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
6404 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6406 die->die_mark = mark;
6408 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6409 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
6410 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
6412 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
6413 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
6414 unmark_all_dies (die);
6415 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6417 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
6418 type node together. */
6419 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
6420 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
6421 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
6422 type_node->type_die = die;
6424 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
6427 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
6430 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6432 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6434 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6435 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6436 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6439 /* Do the values look the same? */
6441 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6443 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6446 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6449 switch (v1->val_class)
6451 case dw_val_class_const:
6452 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6453 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6454 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6455 case dw_val_class_const_double:
6456 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
6457 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
6458 case dw_val_class_vec:
6459 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6460 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6462 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6463 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6466 case dw_val_class_flag:
6467 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6468 case dw_val_class_str:
6469 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6471 case dw_val_class_addr:
6472 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6473 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6474 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6476 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
6478 case dw_val_class_offset:
6479 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6481 case dw_val_class_loc:
6482 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6484 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6485 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6487 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6489 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6490 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6492 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6493 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
6494 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6495 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6496 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6499 case dw_val_class_file:
6500 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6502 case dw_val_class_data8:
6503 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
6510 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6513 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6515 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6518 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6519 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6520 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6523 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6526 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6529 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6535 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6537 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6538 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6540 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6543 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6544 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6547 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1)
6548 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6551 c1 = die1->die_child;
6552 c2 = die2->die_child;
6561 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6565 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6567 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6577 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6580 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6583 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6585 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6586 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6591 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6593 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6595 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6596 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6598 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6599 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6602 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6604 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6605 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6606 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
6609 unsigned char checksum[16];
6612 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6613 the name filename of the unit. */
6615 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6617 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6618 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6619 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6621 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6622 clean_symbol_name (name);
6624 p = name + strlen (name);
6625 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6627 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6631 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6632 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6635 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6638 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6640 switch (die->die_tag)
6642 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6643 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6644 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6645 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6646 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6647 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6648 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6649 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6650 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6651 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6652 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6653 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6654 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6655 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6656 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6657 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6658 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6659 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6660 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6661 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6668 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6669 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6670 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6671 compilations (functions). */
6674 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6676 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6677 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6678 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6679 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6681 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6684 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6685 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6686 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
6687 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6688 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6690 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6692 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6695 return is_type_die (c);
6698 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6699 compilation unit. */
6702 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6704 return (is_type_die (c)
6705 || is_declaration_die (c)
6706 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
6707 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
6710 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
6713 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c)
6715 return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit;
6719 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6723 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6724 return xstrdup (buf);
6727 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6730 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6734 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6736 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6738 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6740 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6741 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6742 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6745 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6748 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6751 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6754 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6755 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6758 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6760 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6762 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
6763 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
6765 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
6769 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6771 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
6772 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
6773 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
6775 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
6779 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6781 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
6782 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
6792 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6795 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6797 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6798 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6800 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6802 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6803 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
6807 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6809 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6815 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6819 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6821 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6822 entry->next = *slot;
6828 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6830 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6832 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6834 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6835 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
6839 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6842 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6843 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6844 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6847 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6850 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6851 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6852 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6856 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6858 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6859 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6861 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6863 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6864 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6866 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6867 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6868 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6869 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6871 add_child_die (unit, c);
6873 if (c == die->die_child)
6876 } while (c != die->die_child);
6879 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6880 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6884 assign_symbol_names (die);
6885 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6886 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6892 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6893 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6894 &comdat_symbol_number);
6895 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6897 *pnode = node->next;
6900 pnode = &node->next;
6901 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6902 comdat_symbol_number);
6905 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6908 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
6911 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
6916 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
6917 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
6923 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
6926 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die)
6928 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6932 return local_scope_p (decl);
6935 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
6939 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die)
6943 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram && ! is_declaration_die (die))
6945 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, if (contains_subprogram_definition(c)) return 1);
6949 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
6950 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
6953 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
6955 switch (die->die_tag)
6957 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6958 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6959 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6960 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6961 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
6963 if (is_declaration_die (die)
6964 || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)
6965 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die))
6967 /* A type definition should never contain a subprogram definition. */
6968 gcc_assert (!contains_subprogram_definition (die));
6970 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6971 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6972 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6973 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6974 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6975 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6976 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6977 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6978 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6979 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6980 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6981 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6982 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6983 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6984 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6985 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6991 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
6994 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
7000 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7001 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
7003 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7004 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
7009 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
7012 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
7015 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
7017 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
7022 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
7025 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
7032 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
7033 if (is_declaration_die (die))
7034 return clone_die (die);
7036 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
7037 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7039 return clone_die (decl);
7041 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7042 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
7044 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7046 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
7047 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
7048 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
7052 case DW_AT_artificial:
7053 case DW_AT_containing_type:
7054 case DW_AT_external:
7057 case DW_AT_virtuality:
7058 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
7059 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
7060 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
7062 case DW_AT_byte_size:
7068 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
7069 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
7071 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
7075 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
7076 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
7077 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
7078 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
7079 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
7082 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
7085 dw_die_ref new_decl;
7086 dw_die_ref orig_parent = NULL;
7088 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7097 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
7098 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
7099 orig_parent = decl->die_parent;
7101 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
7102 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
7103 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
7105 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
7107 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a)
7109 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
7110 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
7111 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
7112 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
7115 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
7118 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
7119 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
7120 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
7122 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
7123 if (new_decl != NULL)
7125 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
7126 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
7133 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
7134 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
7137 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
7139 if (node->new_die != NULL)
7142 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
7144 if (node->parent != NULL)
7146 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
7147 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
7151 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
7152 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
7153 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
7156 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
7158 skeleton_chain_node node;
7161 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
7162 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
7164 node.parent = parent;
7166 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
7170 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
7173 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
7175 node.new_die = NULL;
7176 if (is_declaration_die (c))
7178 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
7179 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
7180 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
7181 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
7182 move_all_children (c, clone);
7184 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
7185 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
7186 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
7190 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
7191 } while (next != NULL);
7194 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
7197 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
7199 skeleton_chain_node node;
7202 node.new_die = NULL;
7205 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
7206 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
7207 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
7208 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
7210 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
7211 return node.new_die;
7214 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
7215 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
7216 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
7217 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
7218 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
7222 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref child,
7225 dw_die_ref skeleton, orig_parent;
7227 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
7228 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
7230 orig_parent = copy_declaration_context (unit, child);
7232 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
7233 if (skeleton == NULL)
7234 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
7237 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
7239 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
7240 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
7241 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
7242 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
7243 references to it. */
7244 if (orig_parent != NULL)
7246 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
7247 add_child_die (orig_parent, skeleton);
7250 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
7256 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
7257 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
7260 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
7264 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
7265 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
7266 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
7268 first = c = die->die_child;
7272 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
7275 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
7276 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
7278 dw_die_ref replacement;
7279 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
7281 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
7282 add it to the list of comdat types. */
7283 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
7284 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
7285 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language));
7286 type_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
7287 type_node->root_die = unit;
7288 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
7289 comdat_type_list = type_node;
7291 /* Generate the type signature. */
7292 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
7294 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
7295 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
7296 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
7297 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit, c, prev);
7299 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
7300 break_out_comdat_types (c);
7302 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
7303 add_child_die (unit, c);
7305 if (replacement != NULL)
7308 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
7309 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
7310 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
7311 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
7313 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
7314 break_out_comdat_types (c);
7316 } while (next != NULL);
7319 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
7321 struct decl_table_entry
7327 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
7330 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
7332 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
7333 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
7335 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
7339 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
7341 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
7342 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
7343 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
7345 return entry1->orig == entry2;
7349 htab_decl_del (void *what)
7351 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
7356 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
7357 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
7358 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
7359 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
7362 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
7364 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
7365 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
7368 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
7372 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
7373 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
7374 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
7375 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7377 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
7381 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
7382 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7390 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
7393 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
7394 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
7395 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
7398 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
7399 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
7401 if (decl_table != NULL)
7403 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
7410 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
7411 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
7415 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
7421 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7423 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7425 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
7426 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
7428 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
7430 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
7433 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
7434 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
7436 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7438 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
7439 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
7440 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
7441 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
7445 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
7446 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
7448 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
7452 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
7453 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
7454 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
7455 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
7456 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7461 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
7462 into the new type unit. */
7463 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
7464 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
7465 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
7466 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
7469 add_child_die (parent, copy);
7470 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
7472 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
7473 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
7474 get visited otherwise. */
7477 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
7478 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
7479 parent->die_mark = 1;
7480 while (parent->die_parent
7481 && parent->die_parent->die_mark == 0)
7483 parent = parent->die_parent;
7484 parent->die_mark = 1;
7486 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
7492 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
7495 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
7496 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
7497 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
7498 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
7499 don't have an external reference. */
7502 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
7507 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
7508 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
7509 htab_delete (decl_table);
7513 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
7514 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
7515 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
7518 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
7522 if (! die->die_child)
7525 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
7526 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
7528 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
7531 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
7534 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
7540 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7541 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
7542 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
7544 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
7547 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
7548 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
7549 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
7550 die are visited recursively. */
7553 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
7555 unsigned long abbrev_id;
7556 unsigned int n_alloc;
7561 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
7562 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
7563 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7564 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7565 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
7567 gcc_assert (use_debug_types || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7568 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
7571 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
7573 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
7574 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
7578 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
7580 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
7583 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
7584 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
7587 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a)
7589 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
7590 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
7591 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
7601 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
7603 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
7605 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7606 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
7609 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
7610 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7611 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
7614 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
7615 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
7618 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
7619 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
7622 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
7625 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
7632 log = floor_log2 (value);
7635 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
7640 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
7641 .debug_info section. */
7643 static unsigned long
7644 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
7646 unsigned long size = 0;
7650 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
7651 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7653 switch (AT_class (a))
7655 case dw_val_class_addr:
7656 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7658 case dw_val_class_offset:
7659 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7661 case dw_val_class_loc:
7663 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7666 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7667 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
7669 size += constant_size (lsize);
7673 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7674 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7676 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7677 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7679 case dw_val_class_const:
7680 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
7682 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7684 int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
7685 if (dwarf_version == 3
7686 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
7688 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a));
7693 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7694 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
7695 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
7698 case dw_val_class_vec:
7699 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
7700 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
7701 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
7702 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
7704 case dw_val_class_flag:
7705 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7706 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
7707 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
7708 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
7709 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
7710 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
7711 the same abbrev entry. */
7712 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
7716 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7717 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7719 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
7720 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
7721 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
7722 it's always sized as an offset. */
7723 if (use_debug_types)
7724 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
7725 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
7726 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7728 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7731 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7733 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7734 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7736 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7737 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7739 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7740 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7741 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7743 case dw_val_class_str:
7744 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7745 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7747 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
7749 case dw_val_class_file:
7750 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
7752 case dw_val_class_data8:
7755 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
7756 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7766 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
7767 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
7768 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
7769 die_offset field in each DIE. */
7772 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
7776 gcc_assert (die->die_offset == 0
7777 || (unsigned long int) die->die_offset == next_die_offset);
7778 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
7779 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
7781 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
7783 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7784 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
7785 next_die_offset += 1;
7788 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
7789 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
7790 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
7791 values for the base types. */
7794 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
7796 unsigned long die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7798 dw_die_ref base_type;
7799 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
7800 dw_die_ref prev = comp_unit_die ()->die_child;
7803 die_offset += size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
7804 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
7806 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
7807 gcc_assert (base_type->die_offset == 0
7808 && prev->die_sib == base_type
7809 && base_type->die_child == NULL
7810 && base_type->die_abbrev);
7813 base_type->die_offset = die_offset;
7814 die_offset += size_of_die (base_type);
7818 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
7819 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
7820 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
7821 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
7824 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
7828 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
7831 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
7834 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
7837 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
7841 if (! use_debug_types)
7842 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7845 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
7848 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
7851 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
7861 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
7863 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7864 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7865 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
7868 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
7869 generated for the compilation unit. */
7871 static unsigned long
7872 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7878 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
7879 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, p)
7880 if (names != pubtype_table
7881 || p->die->die_offset != 0
7882 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7883 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
7885 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7889 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
7891 static unsigned long
7892 size_of_aranges (void)
7896 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
7898 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
7899 if (text_section_used)
7900 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7901 if (cold_text_section_used)
7902 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7903 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
7908 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
7910 if (!fde->in_std_section)
7911 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7912 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
7913 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7917 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
7918 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7922 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
7924 static enum dwarf_form
7925 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
7927 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
7929 case dw_val_class_addr:
7930 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
7935 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
7936 case DW_AT_trampoline:
7937 return DW_FORM_addr;
7941 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7944 return DW_FORM_data1;
7946 return DW_FORM_data2;
7948 return DW_FORM_data4;
7950 return DW_FORM_data8;
7954 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7955 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7956 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7957 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
7959 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
7960 case dw_val_class_offset:
7961 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
7964 return DW_FORM_data4;
7966 return DW_FORM_data8;
7970 case dw_val_class_loc:
7971 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7972 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
7973 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
7976 return DW_FORM_block1;
7978 return DW_FORM_block2;
7982 case dw_val_class_const:
7983 return DW_FORM_sdata;
7984 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7985 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
7988 return DW_FORM_data1;
7990 return DW_FORM_data2;
7992 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
7993 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
7994 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
7995 a large constant. */
7996 if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
7997 return DW_FORM_udata;
7998 return DW_FORM_data4;
8000 if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
8001 return DW_FORM_udata;
8002 return DW_FORM_data8;
8006 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8007 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8010 return DW_FORM_data2;
8012 return DW_FORM_data4;
8014 return DW_FORM_data8;
8017 return DW_FORM_block1;
8019 case dw_val_class_vec:
8020 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
8021 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
8024 return DW_FORM_block1;
8026 return DW_FORM_block2;
8028 return DW_FORM_block4;
8032 case dw_val_class_flag:
8033 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8035 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8036 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8037 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8038 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8039 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8040 the same abbrev entry. */
8041 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
8042 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
8044 return DW_FORM_flag;
8045 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8046 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8047 return use_debug_types ? DW_FORM_ref_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
8050 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8051 return DW_FORM_data;
8052 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8053 return DW_FORM_addr;
8054 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8055 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8056 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
8057 case dw_val_class_str:
8058 return AT_string_form (a);
8059 case dw_val_class_file:
8060 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
8063 return DW_FORM_data1;
8065 return DW_FORM_data2;
8067 return DW_FORM_data4;
8072 case dw_val_class_data8:
8073 return DW_FORM_data8;
8080 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
8083 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
8085 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
8087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
8090 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
8094 output_abbrev_section (void)
8096 unsigned long abbrev_id;
8098 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
8100 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
8104 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
8105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
8106 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
8108 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
8109 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
8111 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
8113 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
8116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
8117 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
8118 output_value_format (a_attr);
8121 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8122 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8125 /* Terminate the table. */
8126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8129 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
8132 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
8134 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
8139 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
8140 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
8141 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
8143 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
8145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
8148 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
8151 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
8152 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
8153 const char *section)
8155 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
8157 retlist->begin = begin;
8159 retlist->expr = expr;
8160 retlist->section = section;
8165 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
8166 hasn't got one yet. */
8169 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
8171 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
8172 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
8175 /* Output the location list given to us. */
8178 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
8180 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
8182 if (list_head->emitted)
8184 list_head->emitted = true;
8186 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
8188 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
8189 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
8192 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
8193 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0 && !curr->force)
8195 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
8196 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
8197 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
8198 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
8199 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
8202 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
8204 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
8205 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8206 list_head->ll_symbol);
8207 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
8208 "Location list end address (%s)",
8209 list_head->ll_symbol);
8213 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
8214 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8215 list_head->ll_symbol);
8216 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
8217 "Location list end address (%s)",
8218 list_head->ll_symbol);
8221 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8222 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
8223 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
8225 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr, -1);
8228 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
8229 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
8230 list_head->ll_symbol);
8231 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
8232 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
8233 list_head->ll_symbol);
8236 /* Output a type signature. */
8239 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
8243 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8244 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
8247 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
8248 the definitions of each child DIE. */
8251 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
8258 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
8259 them to point to. */
8260 if (! use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_symbol)
8261 output_die_symbol (die);
8263 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
8264 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
8265 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8267 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8269 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
8271 switch (AT_class (a))
8273 case dw_val_class_addr:
8274 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
8277 case dw_val_class_offset:
8278 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
8282 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8284 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
8286 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
8287 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8288 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
8289 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
8294 case dw_val_class_loc:
8295 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
8297 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8298 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
8301 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
8303 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a), -1);
8306 case dw_val_class_const:
8307 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
8308 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
8309 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
8310 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
8313 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8315 int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
8316 if (dwarf_version == 3
8317 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
8319 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
8321 dw2_asm_output_data (csize, AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
8325 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8327 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
8329 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
8330 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
8331 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8332 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8335 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
8337 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
8338 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
8342 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
8343 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
8346 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8348 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8353 case dw_val_class_vec:
8355 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
8356 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
8360 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
8361 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
8362 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
8367 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
8370 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
8371 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
8375 case dw_val_class_flag:
8376 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8378 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8379 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8380 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8381 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8382 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8383 the same abbrev entry. */
8384 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
8386 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
8387 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
8390 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
8393 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8395 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
8398 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
8403 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8404 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8406 if (use_debug_types)
8408 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
8409 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
8411 gcc_assert (type_node);
8412 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
8416 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
8420 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
8421 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
8423 if (dwarf_version == 2)
8424 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8426 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8427 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
8433 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8434 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
8439 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
8444 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
8445 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
8450 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8451 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
8452 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
8456 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8457 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
8460 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8461 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
8462 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
8465 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8466 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
8467 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
8470 case dw_val_class_str:
8471 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
8472 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
8473 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
8475 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
8477 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
8480 case dw_val_class_file:
8482 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
8484 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
8485 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
8489 case dw_val_class_data8:
8493 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
8495 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
8504 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
8506 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
8507 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8508 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
8509 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
8512 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
8513 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
8516 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
8518 int ver = dwarf_version;
8520 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8521 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8522 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8523 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
8524 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
8525 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
8526 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
8527 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
8528 debug_abbrev_section,
8529 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
8530 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
8533 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
8536 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
8538 const char *secname;
8541 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
8542 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
8545 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
8546 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
8547 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
8548 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
8549 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
8552 build_abbrev_table (die);
8554 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
8555 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
8556 calc_die_sizes (die);
8558 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
8561 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
8563 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
8565 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
8566 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
8570 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
8571 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
8572 info_section_emitted = true;
8575 /* Output debugging information. */
8576 output_compilation_unit_header ();
8579 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
8584 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
8588 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
8591 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
8593 const char *secname;
8596 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8600 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
8601 mark_dies (node->root_die);
8603 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
8605 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
8606 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
8607 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
8609 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8610 secname = ".debug_types";
8611 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
8612 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
8613 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8614 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
8615 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
8616 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
8617 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8620 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
8621 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
8622 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8623 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
8625 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
8628 /* Output debugging information. */
8629 output_compilation_unit_header ();
8630 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
8631 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
8632 "Offset to Type DIE");
8633 output_die (node->root_die);
8635 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
8638 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
8641 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
8643 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl))
8645 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
8648 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
8651 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
8653 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
8658 e.name = xstrdup (str);
8659 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
8664 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
8666 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
8668 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
8670 add_pubname_string (name, die);
8674 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
8677 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
8681 if (!targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
8685 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
8686 || is_cu_die (die->die_parent))
8687 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
8692 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
8694 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8695 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
8696 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
8697 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
8698 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
8700 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
8705 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
8707 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
8710 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
8712 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
8713 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
8717 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
8718 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
8721 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
8724 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
8727 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8728 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8729 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8730 if (names == pubname_table)
8731 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
8732 "Length of Public Names Info");
8734 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
8735 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
8736 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
8737 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
8738 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
8740 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
8741 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
8742 "Compilation Unit Length");
8744 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, pub)
8746 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
8747 if (names == pubname_table)
8748 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
8750 if (names != pubtype_table
8751 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
8752 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
8754 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
8757 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
8761 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8764 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
8765 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
8766 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
8769 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length)
8773 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8774 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8775 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8776 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
8777 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
8778 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
8779 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
8780 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
8782 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
8783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
8784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
8786 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
8787 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
8789 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
8791 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
8792 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8793 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
8794 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
8797 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
8798 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
8799 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
8800 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
8801 confused with the terminator. */
8802 if (text_section_used)
8804 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
8805 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
8806 text_section_label, "Length");
8808 if (cold_text_section_used)
8810 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
8812 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
8813 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
8816 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
8821 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
8823 if (!fde->in_std_section)
8825 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
8827 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_end,
8828 fde->dw_fde_begin, "Length");
8830 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
8832 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
8834 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_end,
8835 fde->dw_fde_second_begin, "Length");
8840 /* Output the terminator words. */
8841 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8842 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8845 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
8849 add_ranges_num (int num)
8851 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
8853 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
8855 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
8856 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
8857 ranges_table_allocated);
8858 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
8859 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
8862 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
8863 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
8865 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8868 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
8869 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
8872 add_ranges (const_tree block)
8874 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
8877 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
8881 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
8884 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
8885 unsigned int offset;
8887 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
8889 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
8890 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
8892 ranges_by_label_allocated);
8893 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
8894 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
8895 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
8898 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
8899 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
8900 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
8902 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
8905 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
8911 output_ranges (void)
8914 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
8915 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
8917 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
8919 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
8923 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8924 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
8927 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
8929 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
8930 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
8931 base of the text section. */
8932 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
8934 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
8936 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8937 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
8938 text_section_label, NULL);
8941 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
8942 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
8943 about whether the target supports cross-section
8947 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
8948 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8949 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
8955 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
8956 else if (block_num < 0)
8958 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
8960 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
8964 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
8965 function section, all we have to do is to take out
8967 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
8968 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
8970 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8971 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
8972 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
8973 text_section_label, NULL);
8978 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
8979 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
8980 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8981 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
8982 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
8988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8989 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8995 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
8998 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
8999 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
9000 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
9001 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
9002 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
9005 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
9009 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
9010 int length; /* Path length. */
9011 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
9012 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
9013 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
9016 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
9017 the directories in the path. */
9020 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9022 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
9023 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
9024 const unsigned char *cp1;
9025 const unsigned char *cp2;
9027 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
9028 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
9029 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
9030 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
9031 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
9032 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
9033 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
9035 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
9036 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
9042 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
9043 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
9044 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
9045 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
9046 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
9048 /* Character of current path component the same? */
9049 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
9054 struct file_name_acquire_data
9056 struct file_info *files;
9061 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
9064 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
9066 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
9067 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
9068 struct file_info *fi;
9071 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
9073 if (! d->emitted_number)
9076 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
9078 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
9080 /* Skip all leading "./". */
9082 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
9085 /* Create a new array entry. */
9087 fi->length = strlen (f);
9090 /* Search for the file name part. */
9091 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
9092 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
9094 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
9098 if (f == NULL || f < g)
9104 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
9108 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
9109 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
9110 slowdowns with many input files. */
9113 output_file_names (void)
9115 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
9117 struct file_info *files;
9118 struct dir_info *dirs;
9126 if (!last_emitted_file)
9128 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9129 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9133 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
9135 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
9136 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
9137 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
9140 fnad.used_files = 0;
9141 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
9142 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
9143 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
9145 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
9147 /* Find all the different directories used. */
9148 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
9149 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
9150 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
9152 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
9153 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
9156 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
9157 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
9158 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
9159 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
9161 /* Same directory as last entry. */
9162 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
9163 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
9169 /* This is a new directory. */
9170 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
9171 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
9172 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
9173 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
9174 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
9176 /* Search for a prefix. */
9177 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
9178 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
9179 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
9180 && dirs[j].length > 1
9181 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
9182 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
9183 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
9184 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
9189 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
9190 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
9191 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
9192 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
9193 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
9194 results in most cases and never is much off. */
9195 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
9196 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
9198 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
9199 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
9204 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
9205 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
9206 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
9207 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
9209 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
9212 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
9214 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
9219 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
9224 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
9225 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
9227 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
9228 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
9233 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
9235 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
9237 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
9238 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
9239 if (savehere[j] > 0)
9241 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
9242 saved[j] = savehere[j];
9244 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
9245 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
9250 /* Emit the directory name table. */
9251 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
9252 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
9253 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
9255 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
9256 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
9258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9260 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
9261 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
9262 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
9263 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
9264 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
9265 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
9267 /* Now write all the file names. */
9268 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
9270 int file_idx = backmap[i];
9271 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
9273 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9274 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
9276 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
9277 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
9282 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
9283 + dirs[dir_idx].length
9284 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
9285 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
9287 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
9288 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
9289 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
9291 dw2_asm_output_nstring
9292 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
9294 /* Include directory index. */
9295 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
9297 /* Modification time. */
9298 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
9299 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
9303 /* File length in bytes. */
9304 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
9305 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
9309 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
9310 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
9312 /* Include directory index. */
9313 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
9315 /* Modification time. */
9316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
9318 /* File length in bytes. */
9319 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
9320 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
9323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9327 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
9330 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table *table)
9332 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9333 unsigned int current_line = 1;
9334 bool current_is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
9335 dw_line_info_entry *ent;
9338 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_entry, table->entries, i, ent)
9340 switch (ent->opcode)
9342 case LI_set_address:
9343 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
9344 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
9345 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
9346 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
9347 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
9348 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
9349 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, ent->val);
9351 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
9352 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
9353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label);
9354 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
9355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
9356 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
9360 if (ent->val == current_line)
9362 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
9363 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy,
9364 "copy line %u", current_line);
9368 int line_offset = ent->val - current_line;
9369 int line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
9371 current_line = ent->val;
9372 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
9374 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
9375 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
9376 This takes 1 byte. */
9377 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
9378 "line %u", current_line);
9382 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
9383 depending on the value being encoded. */
9384 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
9385 "advance to line %u", current_line);
9386 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
9387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, NULL);
9393 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "set file %u", ent->val);
9394 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
9398 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column, "column %u", ent->val);
9399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
9402 case LI_negate_stmt:
9403 current_is_stmt = !current_is_stmt;
9404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt,
9405 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt);
9408 case LI_set_prologue_end:
9409 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end,
9410 "set prologue end");
9413 case LI_set_epilogue_begin:
9414 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin,
9415 "set epilogue begin");
9418 case LI_set_discriminator:
9419 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent->val);
9420 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent->val), NULL);
9421 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator, NULL);
9422 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, NULL);
9427 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
9428 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table->end_label);
9429 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
9430 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
9431 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, table->end_label, NULL);
9433 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
9434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
9435 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
9438 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
9439 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
9442 output_line_info (void)
9444 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
9445 int ver = dwarf_version;
9446 bool saw_one = false;
9449 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
9450 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
9451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
9452 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
9454 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
9455 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9456 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9457 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
9458 "Length of Source Line Info");
9459 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
9461 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
9462 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
9463 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
9465 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
9466 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
9467 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
9468 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
9469 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
9470 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
9471 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
9472 and don't let the target override. */
9473 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
9476 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
9477 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
9478 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
9479 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
9480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
9481 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
9482 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
9483 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
9484 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
9485 "Special Opcode Base");
9487 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
9492 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
9493 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
9494 case DW_LNS_set_file:
9495 case DW_LNS_set_column:
9496 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
9497 case DW_LNS_set_isa:
9505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
9509 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
9510 output_file_names ();
9511 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
9513 if (separate_line_info)
9515 dw_line_info_table *table;
9518 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_table_p, separate_line_info, i, table)
9521 output_one_line_info_table (table);
9525 if (cold_text_section_line_info && cold_text_section_line_info->in_use)
9527 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info);
9531 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
9532 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
9533 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
9534 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
9535 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
9536 if (text_section_line_info->in_use || !saw_one)
9537 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info);
9539 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
9540 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
9543 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
9544 a DIE that describes the given type.
9546 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
9547 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
9550 base_type_die (tree type)
9552 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
9553 enum dwarf_type encoding;
9555 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
9558 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
9559 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
9560 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
9561 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9563 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9566 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
9568 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9569 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
9570 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9572 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
9573 if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
9574 || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
9576 encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
9580 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
9582 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
9583 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
9585 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
9587 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
9588 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
9590 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
9594 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
9596 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
9597 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
9599 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
9602 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
9605 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
9606 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
9607 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
9608 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
9609 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
9611 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
9614 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
9615 a user defined type for it. */
9617 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
9618 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
9620 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
9624 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
9625 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
9629 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
9633 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9635 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
9636 int_size_in_bytes (type));
9637 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
9639 return base_type_result;
9642 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
9643 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
9646 is_base_type (tree type)
9648 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9654 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
9662 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9667 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
9681 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
9682 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
9683 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
9684 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
9687 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
9688 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
9690 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
9691 return BITS_PER_WORD;
9692 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
9694 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
9695 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
9697 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
9700 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
9702 static inline double_int
9703 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
9705 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
9706 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
9707 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
9708 return double_int_zero;
9709 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
9710 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
9712 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
9715 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
9716 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
9719 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
9721 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9722 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
9724 if (context_die == NULL)
9725 context_die = comp_unit_die ();
9727 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
9729 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
9731 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
9732 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
9733 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
9737 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
9739 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
9741 return subrange_die;
9744 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
9745 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
9748 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
9749 dw_die_ref context_die)
9751 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9752 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
9753 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
9754 tree item_type = NULL;
9755 tree qualified_type;
9756 tree name, low, high;
9758 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
9761 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
9764 = get_qualified_type (type,
9765 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
9766 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
9768 if (qualified_type == sizetype
9769 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
9770 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
9772 tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
9774 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE
9775 && TYPE_PRECISION (t)
9776 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
9777 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)
9778 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
9782 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
9785 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
9787 return mod_type_die;
9790 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
9792 /* Handle C typedef types. */
9793 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
9794 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
9796 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
9798 if (qualified_type == dtype)
9800 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
9801 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
9802 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
9804 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
9805 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
9806 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
9807 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
9808 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
9809 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
9810 type to which it refers. */
9811 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
9812 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
9814 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
9818 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
9819 which leads to a qualified type. */
9820 && (!is_volatile_type
9821 || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST) == NULL_TREE
9822 || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE) != NULL_TREE))
9824 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9825 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
9827 else if (is_volatile_type)
9829 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9830 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, 0, context_die);
9832 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
9834 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9835 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
9836 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
9837 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9838 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
9839 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
9840 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
9842 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
9844 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
9845 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (),
9848 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9849 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
9850 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
9851 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9852 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
9853 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
9854 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
9856 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
9857 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
9858 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
9860 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
9861 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9863 else if (is_base_type (type))
9864 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
9867 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9869 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
9870 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
9871 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
9872 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
9873 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
9875 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
9876 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
9878 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
9879 not the main variant. */
9880 return lookup_type_die (type);
9883 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
9884 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
9885 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
9886 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
9887 if the base type already has the same name. */
9889 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
9890 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
9891 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
9892 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
9893 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
9894 && DECL_NAME (name))))
9896 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
9897 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
9898 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
9899 useful source coordinates anyway. */
9900 name = DECL_NAME (name);
9901 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
9902 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die, type, context_die);
9903 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
9904 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9906 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
9907 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9909 name = TYPE_NAME (type);
9911 && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
9912 name = DECL_NAME (name);
9913 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die,
9914 name ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name) : "__unknown__");
9918 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
9921 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
9922 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
9923 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
9924 types are possible in Ada. */
9925 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
9926 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
9927 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
9930 if (sub_die != NULL)
9931 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
9933 return mod_type_die;
9936 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
9937 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
9938 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
9941 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
9945 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
9947 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
9951 die = lookup_type_die (t);
9952 else if (DECL_P (t))
9953 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
9957 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
9959 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
9960 or function. End of story. */
9963 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
9964 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
9965 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
9967 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
9969 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
9970 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
9971 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
9972 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
9974 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
9976 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
9977 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
9978 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
9979 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
9980 an argument pack. */
9982 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
9986 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
9987 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
9992 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
9993 the representation of a generic type parameter.
9994 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
9995 ARG is the argument to PARM.
9996 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
9998 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
10002 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
10004 dw_die_ref parent_die)
10006 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
10007 const char *name = NULL;
10009 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
10012 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
10013 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
10014 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
10016 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10017 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
10018 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
10019 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
10020 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
10021 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
10022 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
10023 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
10024 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
10025 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
10026 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
10027 name of the template template argument. */
10028 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
10031 gcc_unreachable ();
10037 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
10038 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
10039 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
10040 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
10044 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
10046 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
10049 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
10051 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
10052 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
10053 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
10054 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
10055 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
10056 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
10057 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
10058 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
10063 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
10064 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
10065 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
10067 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
10068 to the name of the argument. */
10069 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
10071 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
10074 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10075 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
10076 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
10077 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
10079 We must be careful here:
10080 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
10081 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
10082 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
10083 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
10084 emitted after cgraph computations.
10085 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
10086 after cgraph is ready. */
10087 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
10093 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
10094 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
10095 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
10098 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
10099 tree parm_pack_args,
10100 dw_die_ref parent_die)
10105 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
10107 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
10108 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
10109 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
10110 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
10111 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
10112 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
10117 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
10118 an enumerated type. */
10121 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
10123 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
10126 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
10128 static unsigned int
10129 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
10131 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
10133 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
10135 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10136 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
10138 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
10139 if (leaf_reg != -1)
10140 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
10144 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
10147 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
10148 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
10149 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
10152 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
10154 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10156 if (*list_head != NULL)
10158 /* Find the end of the chain. */
10159 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
10162 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
10163 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
10167 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
10168 zero if there is none. */
10170 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10171 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
10175 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
10178 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
10179 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
10180 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
10181 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
10182 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
10183 if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
10184 && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
10186 dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
10188 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
10190 result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, GET_MODE (rtl), VOIDmode,
10193 add_loc_descr (&result,
10194 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
10199 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
10201 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
10202 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
10204 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
10207 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
10208 a given hard register number. */
10210 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10211 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
10213 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
10217 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
10219 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
10221 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
10222 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
10224 return reg_loc_descr;
10227 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
10228 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
10230 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10231 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
10232 enum var_init_status initialized)
10234 int nregs, size, i;
10236 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
10239 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10240 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
10242 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
10243 if (leaf_reg != -1)
10244 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
10247 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
10248 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
10250 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
10251 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
10253 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
10258 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
10260 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
10261 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10262 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
10263 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
10269 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
10271 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
10273 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
10276 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
10278 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
10280 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
10281 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10282 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
10283 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
10284 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
10287 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
10288 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
10292 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
10294 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
10295 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
10298 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10299 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
10301 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift);
10302 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
10303 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
10307 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
10309 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10310 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
10312 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
10314 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
10315 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
10318 int clz = clz_hwi (i);
10319 int ctz = ctz_hwi (i);
10321 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
10322 else if (i <= 0xff)
10323 op = DW_OP_const1u;
10324 else if (i <= 0xffff)
10325 op = DW_OP_const2u;
10326 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
10327 && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10328 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
10329 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
10330 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
10331 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 5);
10332 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10333 && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10334 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
10335 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
10336 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
10337 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
10338 op = DW_OP_const4u;
10339 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10340 && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10341 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
10342 while DW_OP_constu of constant >= 0x100000000 takes at least
10344 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
10345 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
10346 && clz + 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
10347 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10348 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
10349 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes,
10350 while DW_OP_constu takes in this case at least 6 bytes. */
10351 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 16);
10352 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
10353 && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10354 && size_of_uleb128 (i) > 6)
10355 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
10356 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 32);
10363 op = DW_OP_const1s;
10364 else if (i >= -0x8000)
10365 op = DW_OP_const2s;
10366 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
10368 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i) < 5)
10370 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
10371 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
10374 op = DW_OP_const4s;
10378 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i)
10379 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i))
10381 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
10382 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
10389 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
10392 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
10393 without actually allocating it. */
10395 static unsigned long
10396 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
10398 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift)
10399 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift)
10403 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
10404 actually allocating it. */
10406 static unsigned long
10407 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
10416 else if (i <= 0xff)
10418 else if (i <= 0xffff)
10422 if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
10423 && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10424 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10426 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10427 && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10428 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10430 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
10432 s = size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
10433 if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10434 && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10435 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10437 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
10438 && clz + 16 + (s > 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10439 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10441 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
10442 && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10444 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10453 else if (i >= -0x8000)
10455 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
10457 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
10459 s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
10467 unsigned long r = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
10468 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
10470 s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
10479 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
10480 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
10482 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10483 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
10486 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
10488 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
10491 litsize = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i);
10492 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
10493 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
10494 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
10495 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
10496 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
10497 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
10499 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
10500 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
10501 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
10505 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
10507 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
10508 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
10512 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
10514 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10515 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
10516 enum var_init_status initialized)
10518 unsigned int regno;
10519 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
10520 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
10522 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
10523 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
10524 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
10525 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
10526 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
10528 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10532 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10534 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10535 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10537 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
10538 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10539 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
10540 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
10541 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10542 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10544 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
10545 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
10546 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
10547 access stack variables. */
10548 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
10549 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
10552 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
10553 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10555 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
10558 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid);
10559 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
10560 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
10564 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
10566 if (!optimize && fde
10567 && (fde->drap_reg == regno || fde->vdrap_reg == regno))
10569 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
10570 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
10571 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
10572 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
10573 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
10574 else in other part of the routine. */
10575 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
10579 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
10582 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
10584 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
10585 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
10590 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
10593 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
10595 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
10596 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10597 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
10598 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
10601 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
10604 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10605 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
10608 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
10610 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem))
10613 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
10615 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
10616 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
10619 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
10620 if (loc_result == NULL)
10623 if (MEM_OFFSET (mem))
10624 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, MEM_OFFSET (mem));
10629 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
10633 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
10635 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10637 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
10639 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
10642 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
10643 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
10645 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
10649 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
10650 or via for_each_rtx. */
10653 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10657 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
10659 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
10660 we can't express it in the debug info. */
10661 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
10662 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
10664 if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) != 1
10665 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
10666 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == NULL
10667 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
10668 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))))
10669 inform (current_function_decl
10670 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
10671 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
10672 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
10673 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
10674 ((XINT (rtl, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES)
10675 ? unspec_strings[XINT (rtl, 1)] : "unknown"),
10678 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
10682 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10683 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
10687 if (targetm.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl))
10689 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10690 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
10694 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
10697 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
10700 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
10701 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
10702 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
10705 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10706 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
10711 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
10714 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
10715 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
10716 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
10717 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
10718 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
10719 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
10721 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
10723 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
10725 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10726 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
10734 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
10735 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
10736 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
10739 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
10741 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
10742 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
10744 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
10745 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
10750 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
10751 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
10754 base_type_for_mode (enum machine_mode mode, bool unsignedp)
10756 dw_die_ref type_die;
10757 tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, unsignedp);
10761 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10769 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10771 type_die = modified_type_die (type, false, false, comp_unit_die ());
10772 if (type_die == NULL || type_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_base_type)
10777 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
10778 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
10779 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
10782 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10783 convert_descriptor_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, dw_loc_descr_ref op)
10785 enum machine_mode outer_mode = mode;
10786 dw_die_ref type_die;
10787 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
10789 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10791 add_loc_descr (&op, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0));
10794 type_die = base_type_for_mode (outer_mode, 1);
10795 if (type_die == NULL)
10797 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
10798 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
10799 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
10800 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
10801 add_loc_descr (&op, cvt);
10805 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
10807 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10808 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, dw_loc_descr_ref op0,
10809 dw_loc_descr_ref op1)
10811 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = op0;
10812 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
10813 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
10814 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
10816 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
10817 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
10822 /* Return location descriptor for signed comparison OP RTL. */
10824 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10825 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
10826 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
10828 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
10829 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
10832 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10833 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
10834 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10838 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
10839 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
10842 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
10843 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10844 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
10845 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10847 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
10850 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
10851 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10852 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10854 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10856 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (op_mode, 0);
10857 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
10859 if (type_die == NULL)
10861 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
10862 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
10863 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
10864 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
10865 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
10866 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
10867 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
10868 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
10869 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
10870 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
10871 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10874 shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10875 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
10876 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
10877 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
10879 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
10880 for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
10882 for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
10884 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
10885 whether they are zero extended or not. */
10886 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
10887 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
10888 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10889 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10890 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
10891 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
10892 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
10893 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10894 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10895 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
10896 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10898 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
10899 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
10900 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
10903 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
10904 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
10905 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10906 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10907 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift) + 1
10908 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift)
10909 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)) + 1
10910 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10911 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
10913 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)));
10914 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
10915 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10916 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode));
10917 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10920 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
10921 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
10922 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
10923 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
10926 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
10927 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
10929 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10932 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
10934 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10935 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
10936 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
10938 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
10939 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
10941 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10942 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
10943 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10945 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
10948 if (dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10951 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
10952 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10953 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
10954 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10956 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
10959 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10961 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
10962 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
10963 for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
10965 for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
10967 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10968 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
10969 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
10970 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
10971 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
10973 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
10974 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
10976 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
10977 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
10978 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
10979 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
10980 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
10982 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
10983 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
10986 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10988 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
10989 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
10990 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
10991 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
10992 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
10993 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
10995 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
10998 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11001 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
11003 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11004 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11005 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11007 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11008 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret;
11009 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
11012 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11013 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
11016 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11017 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11018 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11019 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11021 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11024 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11025 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11026 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
11027 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
11029 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11031 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
11032 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11033 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11034 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11035 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11037 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11039 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
11040 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
11041 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
11042 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
11045 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11046 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11048 int shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
11049 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11050 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11051 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11052 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11054 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11055 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11057 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
11058 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11059 if (type_die == NULL)
11061 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11062 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11063 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11064 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11065 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
11066 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11067 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11068 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11069 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11070 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
11073 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
11078 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
11079 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11080 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11081 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
11082 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11083 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11084 add_loc_descr (&ret, drop_node);
11085 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11086 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
11087 if ((GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == SMAX)
11088 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11089 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11090 ret = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, ret);
11094 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
11095 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
11096 convert back to unsigned. */
11098 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11099 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl, dw_die_ref type_die,
11100 enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11102 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt, op0, op1;
11104 if (type_die == NULL)
11106 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11107 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11108 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11109 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11110 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11112 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11113 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11114 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11115 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11116 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
11117 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11118 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11119 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11120 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11121 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
11122 add_loc_descr (&op0, op1);
11123 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11124 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
11127 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
11128 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
11129 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
11130 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
11132 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
11133 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
11134 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
11135 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
11140 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
11141 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
11142 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
11143 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
11148 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
11149 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
11150 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
11151 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
11155 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11156 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11157 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11159 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
11160 HOST_WIDE_INT valv;
11161 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
11162 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
11163 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump, l3label;
11164 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump, l4label;
11167 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11168 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode
11169 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
11170 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
11173 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11174 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11178 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ)
11180 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
11181 valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
11183 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS)
11185 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
11186 valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
11187 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11188 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11189 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
11190 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
11191 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv), mode, mem_mode,
11192 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11195 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11196 l4jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11197 add_loc_descr (&ret, l4jump);
11198 l1label = mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS
11199 ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx,
11201 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11202 if (l1label == NULL)
11204 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
11205 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11206 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
11207 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
11208 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != CLZ)
11210 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11211 msb = GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
11212 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1));
11214 msb = immed_double_const (0, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
11215 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
11216 - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1), mode);
11217 if (GET_CODE (msb) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (msb) < 0)
11218 tmp = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
11219 ? DW_OP_const4u : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
11220 ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu, INTVAL (msb), 0);
11222 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (msb, mode, mem_mode,
11223 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11226 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11227 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11228 l3jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11229 add_loc_descr (&ret, l3jump);
11230 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11231 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11234 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11235 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
11236 ? DW_OP_shl : DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11237 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11238 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, 1, 0));
11239 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11240 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11241 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
11242 l3label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11243 add_loc_descr (&ret, l3label);
11244 l4label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
11245 add_loc_descr (&ret, l4label);
11246 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11247 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
11248 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11249 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
11250 l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11251 l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l3label;
11252 l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11253 l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l4label;
11257 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
11258 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
11260 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
11261 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
11265 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
11266 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
11269 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11270 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11271 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11273 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
11274 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
11275 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
11277 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11278 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode)
11281 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11282 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11286 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11287 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11290 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11291 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11292 l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
11293 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
11294 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11295 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
11296 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11297 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
11298 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11299 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11302 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11303 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11304 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == POPCOUNT
11305 ? DW_OP_plus : DW_OP_xor, 0, 0));
11306 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11307 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11308 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11309 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11310 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11311 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11312 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
11313 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11314 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
11315 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11316 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
11317 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11318 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
11322 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
11324 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
11325 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
11326 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
11327 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
11328 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
11330 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11331 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11332 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11334 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
11335 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
11336 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
11338 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11339 || BITS_PER_UNIT != 8
11340 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 32
11341 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 64))
11344 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11345 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11350 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
11352 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11355 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11356 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11357 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11360 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11361 l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0);
11362 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
11363 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
11365 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11366 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11367 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 3, 0));
11368 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
11369 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11370 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode, mem_mode,
11371 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11374 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11375 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11376 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0));
11377 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11378 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
11379 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11380 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11381 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11382 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11383 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11384 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq, 0, 0));
11385 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11386 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
11387 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode, mem_mode,
11388 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11389 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11390 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
11391 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11392 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11393 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
11394 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11395 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
11396 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11397 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
11398 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11399 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
11400 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11401 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
11405 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
11406 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
11407 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
11408 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
11410 ROTATERT is similar:
11411 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
11412 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
11413 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
11415 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11416 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11417 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11419 rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
11420 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret, mask[2] = { NULL, NULL };
11423 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11426 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
11427 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
11428 rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
11429 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11430 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11431 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
11432 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11433 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11435 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11436 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
11438 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11439 mask[i] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode)),
11441 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11442 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11443 mask[i] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
11445 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
11446 ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu,
11447 GET_MODE_MASK (mode), 0);
11450 if (mask[i] == NULL)
11452 add_loc_descr (&mask[i], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11455 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
11456 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
11457 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
11458 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATERT)
11460 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
11461 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11462 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
11464 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11465 if (mask[0] != NULL)
11466 add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[0]);
11467 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
11468 if (mask[1] != NULL)
11470 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11471 add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[1]);
11472 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11474 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATE)
11476 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
11477 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11478 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
11480 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11481 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
11485 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
11486 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
11488 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11489 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl)
11491 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
11496 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL);
11497 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl));
11498 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref, 0, 0);
11501 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11502 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
11503 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11507 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
11508 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl);
11513 /* Helper function to get mode of MEM's address. */
11516 get_address_mode (rtx mem)
11518 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (mem, 0));
11519 if (mode != VOIDmode)
11521 return targetm.addr_space.address_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (mem));
11524 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
11525 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
11526 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
11527 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
11529 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
11530 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
11531 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
11532 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
11534 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
11536 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
11537 autoincrement addressing modes.
11539 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
11542 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11543 enum machine_mode mem_mode,
11544 enum var_init_status initialized)
11546 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
11547 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11548 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
11550 if (mode == VOIDmode)
11551 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
11553 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
11554 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
11555 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
11556 zeroth element of the array. */
11558 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
11560 if (mode != GET_MODE (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
11563 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
11568 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
11571 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
11572 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
11573 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
11574 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
11575 contains the given subreg. */
11576 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
11578 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11579 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) == MODE_INT
11580 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11581 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
11582 || (mode == Pmode && mem_mode != VOIDmode)
11585 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11587 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
11588 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
11589 mem_mode, initialized);
11594 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
11596 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)))
11597 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11598 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) != MODE_INT))
11602 dw_die_ref type_die;
11603 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11605 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
11606 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
11607 mem_mode, initialized);
11608 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
11610 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
11611 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
11612 if (type_die == NULL)
11614 mem_loc_result = NULL;
11617 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
11618 != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
11619 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11621 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret, 0, 0);
11622 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11623 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11624 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11625 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
11630 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11631 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11632 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
11633 && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
11637 dw_die_ref type_die;
11641 if (REGNO (rtl) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11643 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
11644 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
11645 if (type_die == NULL)
11647 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type,
11648 dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0);
11649 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11650 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11651 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11654 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
11655 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
11656 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
11657 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
11658 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
11659 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
11660 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
11661 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
11662 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
11663 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
11664 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
11665 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
11666 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
11667 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11668 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11669 else if (stack_realign_drap
11671 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
11672 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11674 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
11675 out, use DRAP instead. */
11676 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
11677 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11683 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11685 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
11686 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11689 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND
11690 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11691 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
11692 < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11693 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
11694 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
11696 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= 4)
11698 enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
11699 mem_loc_result = op0;
11700 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
11701 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (imode)));
11702 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11704 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11706 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11707 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
11708 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
11709 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
11713 mem_loc_result = op0;
11714 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11715 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11716 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11717 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11719 else if (!dwarf_strict)
11721 dw_die_ref type_die1, type_die2;
11722 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11724 type_die1 = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
11725 GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND);
11726 if (type_die1 == NULL)
11728 type_die2 = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
11729 if (type_die2 == NULL)
11731 mem_loc_result = op0;
11732 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11733 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11734 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die1;
11735 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11736 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
11737 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11738 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11739 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die2;
11740 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11741 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
11747 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
11748 if (new_rtl != rtl)
11750 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, mem_mode,
11752 if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
11753 return mem_loc_result;
11756 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
11757 get_address_mode (rtl), mode,
11758 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11759 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
11760 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
11761 if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
11763 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11764 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11766 dw_die_ref type_die;
11767 dw_loc_descr_ref deref;
11772 = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
11773 if (type_die == NULL)
11775 deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type,
11776 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
11777 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11778 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11779 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11780 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, deref);
11782 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11783 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
11785 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
11786 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
11787 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
11792 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
11795 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
11796 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
11800 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11801 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11802 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
11803 && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
11807 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
11808 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
11810 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
11812 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
11813 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
11816 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
11817 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
11818 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
11819 temp = new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4
11820 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u, 0, 0);
11821 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
11822 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
11823 temp->dtprel = true;
11825 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
11826 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
11831 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
11835 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
11836 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
11837 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
11838 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
11844 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
11845 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
11846 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
11852 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)))
11854 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11855 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11856 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
11857 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11860 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)),
11861 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11863 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl))
11864 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), 0)))
11866 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
11867 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11868 if (op0 && op0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg)
11872 gcc_unreachable ();
11875 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0, 0);
11876 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11877 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = op0;
11880 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF:
11881 mem_loc_result = parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl);
11885 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
11886 PLUS code below. */
11887 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
11892 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
11894 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
11895 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
11896 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)
11897 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)));
11899 /* ... fall through ... */
11903 if (is_based_loc (rtl)
11904 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11905 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
11906 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
11907 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
11908 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11911 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11912 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11913 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
11916 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11917 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11918 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
11921 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11922 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11925 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
11926 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
11927 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
11932 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
11933 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
11944 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11945 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11947 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
11948 base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
11972 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11974 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11975 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11977 rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
11978 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
11979 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1))
11980 < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
11981 rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
11982 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
11983 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11986 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
11989 mem_loc_result = op0;
11990 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
11991 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12007 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12008 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12009 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12010 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12012 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12015 mem_loc_result = op0;
12016 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12017 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12021 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && !dwarf_strict)
12023 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_mod, rtl,
12024 base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
12029 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12030 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12031 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12032 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12034 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12037 mem_loc_result = op0;
12038 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12039 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12040 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12041 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
12042 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
12043 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
12047 if (!dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
12049 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12054 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
12055 base_type_for_mode (mode, 1),
12073 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12074 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12079 mem_loc_result = op0;
12080 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12084 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12085 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12087 && mem_mode != VOIDmode
12088 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), ptr_mode) == INTVAL (rtl))
12092 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
12096 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
12097 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
12099 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
12100 enum machine_mode amode;
12101 if (type_die == NULL)
12103 amode = mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT,
12105 if (INTVAL (rtl) >= 0
12106 && amode != BLKmode
12107 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), amode) == INTVAL (rtl)
12108 /* const DW_OP_GNU_convert <XXX> vs.
12109 DW_OP_GNU_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
12110 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl)) + 1 + 1
12111 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
12113 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
12114 op0 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12115 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12116 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12117 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12118 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
12119 return mem_loc_result;
12121 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0,
12123 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12124 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12125 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12126 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
12127 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12130 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
12131 = dw_val_class_const_double;
12132 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
12133 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (rtl));
12141 dw_die_ref type_die;
12143 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
12144 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
12145 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
12146 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
12147 if (mode == VOIDmode
12148 || (GET_MODE (rtl) == VOIDmode
12149 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
12151 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
12152 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
12153 if (type_die == NULL)
12155 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0, 0);
12156 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12157 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12158 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12159 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
12161 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
12162 unsigned char *array
12163 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
12165 insert_float (rtl, array);
12166 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
12167 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
12168 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
12169 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
12173 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
12174 = dw_val_class_const_double;
12175 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
12176 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
12182 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq, rtl, mem_mode);
12186 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
12190 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
12194 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
12198 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
12202 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne, rtl, mem_mode);
12206 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
12210 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
12214 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
12218 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
12223 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12228 mem_loc_result = minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12233 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
12234 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
12235 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
12236 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
12237 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
12238 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12239 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12240 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12243 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12244 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12247 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
12251 mem_loc_result = op0;
12252 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
12253 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
12254 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
12255 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
12257 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12259 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12260 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12262 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12264 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12266 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12267 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
12268 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12275 dw_loc_descr_ref op2, bra_node, drop_node;
12276 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
12277 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == VOIDmode
12278 ? word_mode : GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12279 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12280 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12281 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12282 op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode, mem_mode,
12283 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12284 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL || op2 == NULL)
12287 mem_loc_result = op1;
12288 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op2);
12289 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
12290 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12291 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
12292 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12293 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
12294 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
12295 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12296 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
12301 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
12303 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
12308 dw_die_ref type_die;
12309 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
12311 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12312 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12315 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) == MODE_INT
12316 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FLOAT
12317 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
12318 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
12320 type_die = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12321 GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT);
12322 if (type_die == NULL)
12324 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12325 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12326 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12327 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12328 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
12330 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FIX);
12331 if (type_die == NULL)
12333 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12334 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12335 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12336 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12337 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
12338 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12339 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FIX
12340 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
12342 op0 = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
12346 mem_loc_result = op0;
12353 mem_loc_result = clz_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12358 mem_loc_result = popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12362 mem_loc_result = bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12367 mem_loc_result = rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12372 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
12373 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
12398 case FRACT_CONVERT:
12399 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
12401 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
12407 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
12411 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
12415 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
12416 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
12421 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
12425 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12426 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
12427 gcc_unreachable ();
12433 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12434 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12436 return mem_loc_result;
12439 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
12440 This is typically a complex variable. */
12442 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12443 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
12445 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
12446 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
12447 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12448 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
12449 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12451 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
12454 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
12455 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
12457 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
12458 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
12460 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12461 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12463 return cc_loc_result;
12466 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
12469 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12470 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
12473 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
12474 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
12476 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
12478 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
12479 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
12481 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12485 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
12486 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
12489 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12490 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12492 return cc_loc_result;
12495 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
12496 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
12498 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12499 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
12501 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
12506 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
12507 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL
12508 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == RESULT_DECL);
12509 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl));
12510 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset);
12511 ret->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12514 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12515 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
12516 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12520 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
12521 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl);
12526 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
12527 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
12528 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
12529 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
12530 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
12532 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
12533 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
12534 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
12536 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
12538 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12539 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12540 enum var_init_status initialized)
12542 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12544 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12547 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12548 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12549 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12550 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12551 contains the given subreg. */
12552 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12553 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
12554 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)), initialized);
12560 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
12564 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
12565 GET_MODE (rtl), initialized);
12566 if (loc_result == NULL)
12567 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
12568 if (loc_result == NULL)
12570 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
12571 if (new_rtl != rtl)
12572 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
12577 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
12582 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
12587 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
12589 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
12590 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
12591 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
12592 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
12596 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12601 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
12602 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
12603 enum machine_mode mode;
12606 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
12607 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
12608 VOIDmode, initialized);
12609 if (loc_result == NULL)
12611 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
12612 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
12613 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
12615 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
12617 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
12618 VOIDmode, initialized);
12621 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
12622 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
12623 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
12629 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
12630 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
12635 if (mode == VOIDmode)
12636 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
12638 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12640 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
12642 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
12643 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
12644 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
12645 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
12646 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12647 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
12648 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
12650 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
12651 unsigned char *array
12652 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
12654 insert_float (rtl, array);
12655 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
12656 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
12657 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
12658 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
12662 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
12663 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
12664 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
12670 if (mode == VOIDmode)
12671 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
12673 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12675 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
12676 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
12677 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
12678 ggc_alloc_atomic (length * elt_size);
12682 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
12683 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
12685 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
12686 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
12688 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
12689 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
12691 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
12692 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
12695 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
12696 insert_double (val, p);
12701 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
12702 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
12704 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
12705 insert_float (elt, p);
12710 gcc_unreachable ();
12713 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12714 length * elt_size, 0);
12715 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
12716 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
12717 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
12718 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
12723 if (mode == VOIDmode
12724 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
12725 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
12726 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
12728 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12733 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
12736 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12737 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12739 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
12740 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
12741 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
12742 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12743 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
12747 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
12748 loc_result = implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl, 0);
12752 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
12753 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
12756 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
12762 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
12763 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12764 && dwarf_version >= 4)
12765 || (!dwarf_strict && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode))
12767 /* Value expression. */
12768 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
12770 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12771 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12779 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
12780 address ranges where a given location is valid.
12781 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
12782 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
12783 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
12784 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
12786 static const char *
12787 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
12789 const char *secname;
12791 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
12793 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
12794 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
12796 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12798 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
12799 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
12801 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
12802 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
12804 secname = text_section_label;
12809 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
12812 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
12814 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
12815 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
12816 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
12819 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
12822 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12823 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
12824 enum var_init_status initialized)
12826 int have_address = 0;
12827 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
12828 enum machine_mode mode;
12830 if (want_address != 2)
12832 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
12834 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
12836 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
12837 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
12838 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
12839 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
12840 if (MEM_P (varloc))
12842 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
12843 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, get_address_mode (varloc),
12844 mode, initialized);
12849 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
12851 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VOIDmode,
12856 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
12863 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
12864 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
12866 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
12867 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
12874 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
12875 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12877 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12879 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
12880 "DWARF address size mismatch");
12883 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12886 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
12887 if (want_address && !have_address)
12889 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
12890 "Want address and only have value");
12894 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
12895 if (!want_address && have_address)
12897 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
12898 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12900 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
12902 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
12903 "DWARF address size mismatch");
12906 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12909 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
12911 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
12917 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
12918 if it is not possible. */
12920 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12921 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
12923 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
12924 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
12925 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12926 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
12931 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
12932 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
12934 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12935 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
12938 unsigned int padsize = 0;
12939 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
12940 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
12942 enum var_init_status initialized;
12944 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
12945 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
12948 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
12950 descr_tail = &descr;
12952 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
12954 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
12955 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
12956 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
12957 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
12958 unsigned int opsize = 0;
12960 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
12961 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
12963 padsize += bitsize;
12966 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
12967 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
12968 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
12969 if (cur_descr == NULL)
12971 padsize += bitsize;
12975 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
12976 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
12977 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
12978 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
12979 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
12980 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
12982 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
12986 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
12988 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
12992 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
12994 padsize += bitsize;
12998 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
12999 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
13002 if (padsize > decl_size)
13004 decl_size -= padsize;
13005 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
13006 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
13008 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
13011 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
13013 if (bitsize > decl_size)
13015 decl_size -= bitsize;
13018 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
13019 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
13020 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
13022 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
13023 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
13024 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13028 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
13029 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
13030 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
13031 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13032 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
13033 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
13038 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
13039 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
13040 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
13042 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13044 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
13045 = MEM_SIZE (varloc) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
13046 if (memsize != bitsize)
13048 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
13049 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
13051 if (memsize < bitsize)
13053 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13054 offset = memsize - bitsize;
13058 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
13059 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
13061 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
13065 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
13067 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
13069 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
13070 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
13076 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
13077 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
13080 static dw_loc_list_ref
13081 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
13083 const char *endname, *secname;
13085 enum var_init_status initialized;
13086 struct var_loc_node *node;
13087 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13088 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13089 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
13090 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
13092 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
13093 actually construct the list of locations.
13094 The first location information is what is passed to the
13095 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
13096 locations just get added on to that list.
13097 Note that we only know the start address for a location
13098 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
13099 the range [current location start, next location start].
13100 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
13101 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
13103 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
13105 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
13106 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
13107 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
13109 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13111 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
13112 inside DWARF expressions. */
13113 if (want_address != 2)
13115 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
13121 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
13122 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
13123 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
13127 bool range_across_switch = false;
13128 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
13129 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
13130 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
13131 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
13132 of first partition and second one starting at the
13133 beginning of second partition. */
13134 if (node == loc_list->last_before_switch
13135 && (node != loc_list->first || loc_list->first->next)
13136 && current_function_decl)
13138 endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_end;
13139 range_across_switch = true;
13141 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
13142 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
13143 else if (node->next)
13144 endname = node->next->label;
13145 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
13146 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
13147 else if (!current_function_decl)
13148 endname = text_end_label;
13151 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
13152 current_function_funcdef_no);
13153 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
13156 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
13157 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
13158 && node == loc_list->first
13159 && GET_CODE (node->loc) == NOTE
13160 && strcmp (node->label, endname) == 0)
13161 (*listp)->force = true;
13162 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
13164 if (range_across_switch)
13166 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13167 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
13170 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
13171 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
13172 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address,
13175 gcc_assert (descr);
13176 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
13177 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
13179 endname = node->next->label;
13181 endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_end;
13182 *listp = new_loc_list (descr,
13183 cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
13185 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
13190 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
13191 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
13192 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
13193 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
13194 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
13196 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
13202 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
13203 as location description. */
13206 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
13208 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
13209 return !list->ll_symbol;
13212 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
13215 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
13217 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
13218 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
13219 list = list->dw_loc_next;
13222 copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
13223 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
13224 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
13225 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
13227 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
13228 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
13229 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
13232 list = list->dw_loc_next;
13236 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
13237 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
13238 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
13239 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
13241 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
13242 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
13243 and merging them that will need some additional work.
13244 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
13248 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
13257 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
13259 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
13262 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
13264 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
13268 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
13269 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
13270 " location lists.\n");
13275 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
13276 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
13278 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13279 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
13281 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
13282 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
13284 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
13289 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
13291 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
13292 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
13294 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
13296 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13297 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
13300 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
13301 GET_MODE (rtl), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13304 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
13305 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
13306 into simple arithmetics. */
13308 static dw_loc_list_ref
13309 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
13312 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
13313 enum machine_mode mode;
13315 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13316 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
13318 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
13319 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
13320 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
13322 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
13324 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
13327 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
13329 expansion_failed (obj,
13330 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
13333 if (!offset && !bitpos)
13334 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
13336 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13337 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13339 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
13344 /* Variable offset. */
13345 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
13346 if (list_ret1 == 0)
13348 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13351 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13352 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13354 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
13356 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13357 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13359 else if (bytepos < 0)
13360 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
13361 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13362 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13368 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
13369 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
13370 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
13371 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
13372 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
13373 to refer to register values). */
13375 static dw_loc_list_ref
13376 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
13378 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
13379 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
13380 int have_address = 0;
13381 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13383 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
13384 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
13387 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
13390 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
13393 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
13394 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
13395 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
13396 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
13397 the names of types. */
13398 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
13402 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
13403 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
13406 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
13407 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
13408 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
13409 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
13410 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
13411 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
13415 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
13416 e.g. for &this->field. */
13419 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
13420 (loc, want_address == 2);
13423 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
13424 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
13427 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
13428 if (!list_ret && !ret)
13429 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
13433 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
13439 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
13442 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
13443 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
13444 bool dtprel = false;
13446 if (targetm.have_tls)
13448 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
13450 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13453 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
13454 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
13455 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
13456 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
13457 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
13458 operand shouldn't be. */
13459 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
13461 first_op = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u;
13463 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
13467 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
13468 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
13470 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
13471 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
13472 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
13473 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
13474 loc = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc);
13475 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
13476 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
13479 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
13480 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
13485 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
13486 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
13489 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
13490 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13491 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13492 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
13494 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
13495 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
13504 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
13505 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
13509 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13512 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
13514 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
13516 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
13517 have_address = want_address != 0;
13520 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
13521 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
13523 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
13526 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
13528 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
13529 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
13530 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
13531 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
13533 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
13535 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
13538 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13540 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13541 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13542 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13546 enum machine_mode mode, mem_mode;
13548 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
13549 if (want_address == 2)
13551 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
13552 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13557 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13558 mem_mode = VOIDmode;
13562 mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
13563 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
13566 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode,
13567 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13570 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
13571 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
13578 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)))
13582 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13586 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
13587 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
13590 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
13593 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
13595 case COMPONENT_REF:
13596 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
13598 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
13599 case REALPART_EXPR:
13600 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
13603 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
13604 enum machine_mode mode;
13606 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13608 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
13609 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
13611 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
13613 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
13615 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
13616 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
13617 for nonzero bitpos. */
13620 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
13622 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13623 "bitfield access");
13627 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
13629 /* Variable offset. */
13630 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
13631 if (list_ret1 == 0)
13633 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13636 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13639 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
13641 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
13642 else if (bytepos < 0)
13643 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
13650 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
13651 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
13653 else if (want_address == 2
13654 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
13655 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
13656 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
13657 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
13659 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
13660 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
13663 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13664 "Integer operand is not host integer");
13673 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
13676 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
13677 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13678 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
13681 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
13682 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
13687 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
13692 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
13693 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
13698 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
13699 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
13700 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
13701 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
13702 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
13711 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
13712 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
13713 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
13714 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
13715 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
13720 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13721 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
13722 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
13725 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13728 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13729 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13730 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13731 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13732 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13744 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
13747 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
13749 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
13751 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13755 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
13763 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13770 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13777 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13784 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13799 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13800 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
13801 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
13804 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13807 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13810 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
13824 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13828 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13834 const enum tree_code code =
13835 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
13837 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
13838 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
13839 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
13840 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
13843 /* ... fall through ... */
13847 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
13848 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
13849 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
13850 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
13851 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
13853 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13854 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
13857 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13858 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
13860 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
13861 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
13862 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
13864 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
13865 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13866 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
13868 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
13869 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
13870 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
13871 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13872 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
13876 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
13880 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
13881 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
13882 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
13883 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
13885 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13886 "language specific tree node");
13890 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13891 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
13892 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
13893 gcc_unreachable ();
13895 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
13896 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
13901 if (!ret && !list_ret)
13904 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
13905 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13907 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13909 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13910 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13914 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13916 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13917 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13920 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
13921 if (want_address && !have_address)
13923 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13924 "Want address and only have value");
13928 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
13930 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
13931 if (!want_address && have_address)
13933 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13935 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
13937 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13938 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13941 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13944 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
13947 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13949 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13952 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
13957 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
13958 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13959 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
13961 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
13964 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
13966 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13967 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
13973 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
13974 which is not less than the value itself. */
13976 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
13977 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
13979 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
13982 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
13983 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
13984 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
13985 ERROR_MARK node. */
13988 field_type (const_tree decl)
13992 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
13993 return integer_type_node;
13995 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
13996 if (type == NULL_TREE)
13997 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14002 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14003 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14004 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14006 static inline unsigned
14007 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14009 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14012 static inline unsigned
14013 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14015 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14018 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14020 static inline double_int
14021 round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align)
14023 double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align);
14024 t = double_int_add (t, alignd);
14025 t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one);
14026 t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
14027 t = double_int_mul (t, alignd);
14031 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14032 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14033 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14034 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14035 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14038 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14039 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14041 double_int object_offset_in_bits;
14042 double_int object_offset_in_bytes;
14043 double_int bitpos_int;
14045 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14048 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14050 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14051 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14052 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14053 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
14056 bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl));
14058 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14059 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14062 tree field_size_tree;
14063 double_int deepest_bitpos;
14064 double_int field_size_in_bits;
14065 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
14066 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
14067 double_int type_size_in_bits;
14069 type = field_type (decl);
14070 type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
14071 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
14073 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
14075 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14076 a flexible array member. */
14077 if (!field_size_tree)
14078 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
14080 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14081 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
14082 field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree);
14084 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
14086 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
14088 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
14089 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
14090 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
14091 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
14092 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
14093 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
14094 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
14095 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
14096 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
14098 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
14100 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
14101 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
14102 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
14103 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
14104 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
14105 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
14106 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
14107 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
14108 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
14109 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
14110 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
14112 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
14113 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
14114 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
14115 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
14116 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
14117 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
14118 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
14119 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
14120 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
14121 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
14124 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
14125 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
14126 must have believed that the containing object started (within
14127 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
14128 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
14129 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
14130 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
14132 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
14133 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
14134 deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits);
14136 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
14137 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
14139 object_offset_in_bits
14140 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
14142 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
14144 object_offset_in_bits
14145 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
14147 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0)
14149 object_offset_in_bits
14150 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
14152 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
14153 object_offset_in_bits
14154 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
14158 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
14159 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
14161 object_offset_in_bytes
14162 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits,
14163 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true,
14165 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes);
14168 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
14169 associated with them. */
14171 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
14173 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
14174 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
14175 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
14178 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
14179 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
14183 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
14184 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
14186 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
14189 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
14192 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
14194 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
14195 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
14196 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
14197 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
14198 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
14199 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
14201 if (dwarf_version == 2
14202 || die->die_parent == NULL
14203 || die->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
14204 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
14206 else if (dwarf_version > 2
14208 && die->die_parent->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
14209 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
14212 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
14213 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
14214 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
14215 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
14216 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
14217 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
14220 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
14221 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
14222 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
14223 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
14224 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
14225 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
14226 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
14227 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
14228 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
14229 function below.) */
14232 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
14234 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
14235 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
14237 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
14239 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
14240 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
14242 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
14243 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
14244 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
14245 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
14247 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
14249 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
14251 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
14253 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
14254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
14255 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14257 /* Extract the vtable address. */
14258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
14259 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14261 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
14262 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
14263 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
14265 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
14266 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14267 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
14268 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14270 /* Extract the offset. */
14271 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
14272 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14274 /* Add it to the object address. */
14275 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
14276 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14279 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
14282 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
14286 if (dwarf_version > 2)
14288 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
14290 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
14292 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
14297 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14299 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
14300 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
14301 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
14303 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
14304 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
14305 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
14309 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
14312 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
14316 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
14319 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
14322 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
14326 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
14332 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
14334 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14335 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
14337 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
14343 val |= *--src & 0xff;
14349 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
14352 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
14354 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
14355 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
14357 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14363 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
14364 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
14367 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
14370 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
14372 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
14376 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
14377 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
14379 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
14380 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
14382 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
14387 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
14388 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
14389 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
14390 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
14391 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
14394 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
14396 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14400 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14403 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
14405 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
14410 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
14411 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
14412 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
14415 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14417 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14419 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14420 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
14422 insert_float (rtl, array);
14423 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
14426 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
14427 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
14433 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14434 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
14435 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14436 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
14437 (length * elt_size);
14441 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14443 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14444 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14446 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14447 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14449 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14450 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14453 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14454 insert_double (val, p);
14459 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14460 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14462 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14463 insert_float (elt, p);
14468 gcc_unreachable ();
14471 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
14476 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
14478 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
14479 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
14481 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14482 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14483 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14484 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14485 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
14486 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14492 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14493 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
14496 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14499 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
14504 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
14505 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
14506 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
14507 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
14508 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
14509 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
14510 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
14511 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
14512 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
14513 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
14514 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
14522 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
14523 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
14524 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
14526 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
14532 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
14533 gcc_unreachable ();
14538 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
14539 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
14542 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
14543 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14545 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
14546 *walk_subtrees = 0;
14548 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
14549 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
14551 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
14552 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
14553 be conservative. */
14554 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
14555 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
14557 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
14559 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp);
14560 if (!node || !node->needed)
14563 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
14564 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
14566 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
14567 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
14568 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
14569 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
14570 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
14573 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
14579 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
14580 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
14583 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
14585 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
14589 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
14590 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
14591 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
14593 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
14594 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
14595 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
14597 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
14599 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
14600 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
14601 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
14602 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
14603 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
14605 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
14606 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
14607 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
14608 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
14611 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
14613 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
14614 || (TREE_CODE (init) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
14615 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0))))
14616 || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
14618 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
14619 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
14620 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
14621 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
14623 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
14624 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
14625 reference variables which won't be output. */
14626 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
14627 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
14629 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
14631 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
14632 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
14637 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
14639 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
14640 bool constant_p = true;
14642 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
14644 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
14645 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
14646 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
14647 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
14648 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
14650 constant_p = false;
14656 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
14666 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
14668 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
14669 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
14675 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
14678 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
14682 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
14683 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
14684 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
14686 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
14687 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
14688 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
14689 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
14690 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
14691 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
14692 referenced within the function.
14694 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
14695 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
14696 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
14697 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
14699 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
14700 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
14701 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
14702 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
14703 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
14704 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
14706 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
14707 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
14708 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
14709 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
14710 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
14711 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
14712 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
14713 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
14714 output at debug-time.
14716 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
14717 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
14718 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
14719 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
14720 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
14721 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
14722 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
14723 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
14724 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
14725 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
14726 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
14727 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
14728 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
14730 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
14731 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
14732 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
14733 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
14734 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
14735 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
14736 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
14737 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
14738 I'd like to fix it.
14740 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
14741 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
14742 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
14743 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
14744 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
14745 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
14746 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
14747 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
14748 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
14749 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
14750 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
14752 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
14753 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
14755 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
14756 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
14757 fixed registers. */
14758 if (! reload_completed)
14761 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
14763 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14765 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14766 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
14768 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
14773 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
14775 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
14776 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
14778 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14779 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
14780 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
14781 && GET_MODE (rtl) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))))
14783 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14784 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
14785 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
14786 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
14788 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
14789 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
14790 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
14791 if (dmode == pmode)
14792 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
14793 else if ((rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
14794 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
14795 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
14796 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
14798 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
14801 else if (MEM_P (inc))
14803 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
14804 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
14805 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
14806 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
14813 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
14814 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
14815 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
14816 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
14817 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
14818 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
14820 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
14821 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
14822 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14823 /* Not passed in memory. */
14824 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
14825 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
14826 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14827 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
14828 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
14829 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
14830 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
14833 /* Big endian correction check. */
14834 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
14835 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
14836 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
14839 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
14840 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
14842 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
14843 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
14846 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14849 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
14850 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
14852 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14853 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
14855 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
14856 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
14857 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
14858 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
14859 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
14860 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
14862 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
14863 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
14866 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
14867 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
14868 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
14869 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
14870 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
14873 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
14875 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
14876 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
14877 code, and thus is not emitted. */
14879 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14881 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
14882 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
14884 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
14885 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14886 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
14887 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
14888 && DECL_NAME (decl)
14889 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
14890 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
14892 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
14894 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
14895 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
14902 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
14903 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
14904 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
14907 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
14909 tree val_expr, cvar;
14910 enum machine_mode mode;
14911 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
14913 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
14915 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
14916 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
14917 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
14918 be handled as such. */
14919 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
14920 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
14921 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
14925 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
14926 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
14929 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
14930 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
14932 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
14933 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
14934 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
14935 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
14939 if (offset != NULL)
14941 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
14943 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
14946 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14951 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
14952 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
14953 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
14954 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
14955 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
14956 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
14957 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
14958 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
14959 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
14960 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
14962 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
14963 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
14964 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
14965 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
14968 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, bool cache_p,
14969 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
14972 dw_loc_list_ref list;
14973 var_loc_list *loc_list;
14974 cached_dw_loc_list *cache;
14977 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14980 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
14981 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
14983 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
14986 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
14987 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14988 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
14991 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
14992 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
14993 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
14994 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
14997 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
14998 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
14999 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
15000 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
15002 struct var_loc_node *node;
15004 node = loc_list->first;
15005 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
15006 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15007 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15008 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15009 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15012 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
15013 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
15015 if (loc_list == NULL || cached_dw_loc_list_table == NULL)
15019 cache = (cached_dw_loc_list *)
15020 htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
15022 list = cache->loc_list;
15026 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15027 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
15028 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
15029 if (cache_p && list && list->dw_loc_next)
15031 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl,
15032 DECL_UID (decl), INSERT);
15033 cache = ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
15034 cache->decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
15035 cache->loc_list = list;
15041 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15044 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15045 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15046 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15049 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15052 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15054 deferred_locations entry;
15055 entry.variable = variable;
15057 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15060 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15061 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15064 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15068 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15072 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15075 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15076 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15078 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15079 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15081 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15083 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15085 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15087 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15088 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15089 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15090 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15093 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15098 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15099 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15101 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15103 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15104 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15105 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15106 constructor_elt *ce;
15108 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15109 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15112 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15113 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15116 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15117 memset (array, '\0', size);
15118 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
15120 tree val = ce->value;
15121 tree index = ce->index;
15123 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15124 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15127 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15132 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15135 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
15136 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15138 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
15139 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
15140 while (count-- > 0)
15143 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
15144 curpos += fieldsize;
15147 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
15151 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
15152 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
15154 tree field = NULL_TREE;
15155 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15156 constructor_elt *ce;
15158 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15161 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
15162 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
15164 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
15166 tree val = ce->value;
15167 int pos, fieldsize;
15169 if (ce->index != 0)
15175 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
15178 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
15179 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
15180 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
15182 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
15183 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
15185 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
15186 pos = int_byte_position (field);
15187 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
15189 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15195 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15196 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
15197 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
15199 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
15203 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
15204 attribute is the const value T. */
15207 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
15210 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
15213 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
15217 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
15219 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
15221 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
15222 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
15223 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
15224 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
15226 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
15227 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
15229 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
15230 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size);
15232 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
15234 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
15242 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
15243 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
15244 variable with static storage duration
15245 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
15248 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
15252 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15253 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
15254 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15255 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)))
15258 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
15259 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
15260 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15265 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
15266 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
15269 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
15272 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
15273 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
15274 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
15275 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
15278 static dw_loc_list_ref
15279 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15283 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
15285 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
15286 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
15287 dw_cfa_location remember;
15290 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
15292 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
15296 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
15297 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
15298 remember = next_cfa;
15300 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
15302 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
15303 advance opcodes. */
15304 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, ix, cfi)
15305 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
15307 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15308 last_label = start_label;
15310 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index == 0)
15312 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
15313 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
15314 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15315 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
15316 list_tail =&(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15317 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
15320 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
15322 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
15324 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
15325 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
15326 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
15327 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
15328 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15330 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15331 start_label, last_label, section);
15333 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15334 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15335 start_label = last_label;
15337 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
15340 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
15341 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
15342 gcc_unreachable ();
15345 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
15348 if (ix + 1 == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index)
15350 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15352 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15353 start_label, last_label, section);
15355 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15356 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15357 start_label = last_label;
15359 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15360 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
15361 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15362 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
15366 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15368 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15369 start_label, last_label, section);
15370 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15371 start_label = last_label;
15374 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
15376 fde->dw_fde_second_begin
15377 ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end,
15380 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
15386 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
15387 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
15388 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
15389 before the latter is negated. */
15392 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15396 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
15397 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
15398 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
15400 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
15401 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
15404 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
15405 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
15407 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
15408 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
15411 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
15413 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
15414 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
15415 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
15416 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
15417 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. */
15418 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
15419 = ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
15420 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
15421 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
15422 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
15423 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
15424 : stack_pointer_rtx));
15427 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
15428 the value of the attribute. */
15431 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
15433 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
15435 if (demangle_name_func)
15436 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
15438 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
15442 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
15443 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
15444 of TYPE accordingly.
15446 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
15447 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
15450 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree type,
15451 dw_die_ref context_die)
15454 dw_die_ref dtype_die;
15456 if (!lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type)
15459 dtype = lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type (type);
15463 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
15466 /* The descriptive type indirectly references TYPE if this is also the
15467 case for TYPE itself. Do not deal with the circularity here. */
15468 TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)) = 1;
15469 gen_type_die (dtype, context_die);
15470 TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)) = 0;
15471 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
15472 gcc_assert (dtype_die);
15475 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type, dtype_die);
15478 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
15481 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
15483 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
15489 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
15493 wdlen = strlen (wd);
15494 wd1 = (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen + 2);
15496 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
15497 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
15501 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
15504 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
15508 lower_bound_default (void)
15510 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language))
15515 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
15517 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
15520 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
15521 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
15522 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
15526 case DW_LANG_Python:
15527 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
15528 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
15529 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
15530 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
15531 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
15532 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
15533 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
15535 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
15541 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
15542 a representation for that bound. */
15545 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
15547 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
15552 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
15555 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
15558 /* Use the default if possible. */
15559 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
15560 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
15561 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
15562 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
15565 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
15566 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
15567 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
15568 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
15570 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
15571 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
15572 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
15573 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
15575 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15576 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
15577 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
15578 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
15580 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
15581 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
15586 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15587 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
15597 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
15599 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
15600 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
15601 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
15602 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
15603 later parameter. */
15604 if (decl_die != NULL)
15606 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
15614 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
15615 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
15617 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
15618 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15620 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
15621 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
15623 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
15624 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
15625 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
15626 If that fails to give a single element list,
15627 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
15628 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
15629 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
15631 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
15638 if (current_function_decl == 0)
15639 ctx = comp_unit_die ();
15641 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
15643 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
15644 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
15645 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
15646 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
15647 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
15653 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
15654 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
15655 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
15656 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
15659 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
15661 unsigned dimension_number;
15663 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
15665 for (dimension_number = 0;
15666 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
15667 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
15669 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15671 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
15674 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
15675 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
15677 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
15680 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
15681 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
15682 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
15684 /* Define the index type. */
15685 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
15687 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
15688 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
15689 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
15690 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
15691 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
15692 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
15693 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
15696 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
15700 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
15701 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
15703 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
15704 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
15705 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
15707 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
15709 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
15712 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
15713 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
15719 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
15723 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
15728 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
15731 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
15732 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
15735 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
15736 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
15737 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
15738 even for bit-fields. */
15739 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15742 gcc_unreachable ();
15745 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
15746 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
15747 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
15748 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
15749 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
15752 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
15753 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
15754 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
15757 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15758 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15759 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15760 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
15761 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
15762 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
15764 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
15765 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
15766 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
15769 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15771 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
15772 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15773 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15774 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
15775 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
15776 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset;
15778 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
15779 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15781 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
15782 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
15783 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
15784 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
15785 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
15788 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15790 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
15791 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
15792 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
15793 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
15794 below must take account of these differences. */
15795 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
15796 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
15798 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15800 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
15801 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15805 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15806 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
15807 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
15809 if (bit_offset < 0)
15810 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
15812 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bit_offset);
15815 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
15816 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
15819 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15821 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
15822 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
15823 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
15825 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
15826 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
15829 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
15830 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
15833 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
15835 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
15836 && prototype_p (func_type))
15837 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
15840 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
15841 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
15844 static inline dw_die_ref
15845 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
15847 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
15849 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
15851 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
15852 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
15853 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
15855 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
15856 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
15860 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
15862 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
15864 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
15867 if (DECL_P (origin))
15868 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
15869 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
15870 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
15872 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
15873 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
15874 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
15875 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
15876 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
15877 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
15878 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
15882 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
15886 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
15889 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
15891 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
15893 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
15895 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
15896 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
15897 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
15898 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
15901 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
15902 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
15903 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
15904 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
15905 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
15909 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
15910 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
15911 standardized it. */
15914 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15916 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
15918 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
15919 if (name[0] == '*')
15922 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
15923 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_linkage_name, name);
15925 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, name);
15928 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
15931 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15933 expanded_location s;
15935 if (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
15937 s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
15938 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
15939 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
15942 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
15945 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15947 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
15948 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
15949 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
15950 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
15951 && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_member)
15953 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
15954 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
15956 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
15958 asm_name = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
15959 asm_name->die = die;
15960 asm_name->created_for = decl;
15961 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
15962 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
15964 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
15965 add_linkage_attr (die, decl);
15969 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
15970 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
15973 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15977 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
15978 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
15980 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
15982 add_name_attribute (die, name);
15983 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
15984 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
15986 add_linkage_name (die, decl);
15989 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15990 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
15991 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
15992 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
15994 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
15995 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
15996 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
15998 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
16001 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16002 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
16005 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
16007 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
16010 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
16011 die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
16012 die->die_tag = DW_TAG_subprogram;
16013 add_name_attribute (die, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER);
16014 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
16015 current_function_funcdef_no);
16016 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
16018 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
16019 die->die_parent = comp_unit_die ();
16020 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child)
16022 die->die_sib = comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib;
16023 comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib = die;
16027 die->die_sib = die;
16028 comp_unit_die ()->die_child = die;
16031 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
16033 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16036 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16038 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16041 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16044 pop_decl_scope (void)
16046 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16049 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16050 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16051 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16052 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16053 the current active scope. */
16056 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16058 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16059 tree containing_scope;
16062 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16063 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16065 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16067 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16068 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16070 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16073 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16076 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16077 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16078 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16079 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16080 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16082 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope))
16083 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
16084 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16086 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16087 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16088 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16089 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16090 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16095 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16096 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16097 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
16098 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
16099 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16101 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16102 if (scope_die == NULL)
16103 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
16106 scope_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope);
16109 scope_die = context_die;
16114 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16117 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16119 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16120 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16121 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16127 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16130 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16132 return (context_die
16133 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16134 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16135 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16136 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16139 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16140 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16143 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16145 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16146 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16149 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16150 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16151 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16154 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16155 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16157 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16158 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16160 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16161 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16162 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16163 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16164 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16165 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16166 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16168 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16169 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16170 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16171 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16172 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16175 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16176 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16177 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16180 if (type_die != NULL)
16181 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16184 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16185 function call type. */
16187 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16189 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16191 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16192 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16195 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16197 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16198 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16199 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16200 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
16201 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
16202 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
16203 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
16204 value = DW_CC_program;
16206 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16207 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_main_subprogram, 1);
16210 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16211 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16212 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16213 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16216 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16217 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16218 was declared without a tag. */
16220 static const char *
16221 type_tag (const_tree type)
16223 const char *name = 0;
16225 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16229 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16230 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
16231 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type))
16232 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16234 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16235 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16237 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16238 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16240 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16241 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16242 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16243 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16244 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))
16245 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16246 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16249 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16250 if (!name && t != 0)
16251 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16254 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16257 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16258 for bit field types. */
16261 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16263 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16264 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16267 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16268 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16271 static const char *
16272 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16275 const char *fnname;
16277 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16278 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16281 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16283 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16288 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16289 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16290 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16293 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16295 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16296 dw_die_ref array_die;
16298 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16299 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16300 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16301 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16302 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16303 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16304 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16305 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16306 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16308 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16311 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16312 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16313 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16314 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16316 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16318 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16320 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16321 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16322 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16323 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16325 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16326 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16327 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16328 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16330 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16331 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
16333 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
16334 if (loc && size > 0)
16336 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
16337 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16338 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16344 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16345 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16346 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16347 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16350 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16351 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
16352 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
16355 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16356 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16357 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die, type, context_die);
16358 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
16359 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16360 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16362 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16363 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
16365 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
16367 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16368 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16369 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
16370 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
16373 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
16374 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
16375 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
16376 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
16377 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
16378 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
16379 for multidimensional arrays. */
16380 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
16383 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16384 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
16385 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
16386 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16387 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
16388 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16391 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16393 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
16394 dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
16395 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, size_zero_node);
16396 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
16397 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) - 1));
16400 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
16402 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
16403 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
16404 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
16405 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
16406 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16408 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
16410 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
16413 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16414 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
16417 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
16419 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
16420 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
16423 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16424 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
16426 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16427 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
16428 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
16430 if (val == base_decl)
16431 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
16433 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
16436 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16438 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
16440 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16441 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16444 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
16447 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16450 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16451 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
16453 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
16455 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
16457 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16458 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16461 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16464 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
16470 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16473 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
16476 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
16477 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
16499 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
16500 tree val, tree base_decl)
16502 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
16504 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16506 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16510 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
16514 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
16517 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
16518 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
16521 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
16522 dw_die_ref context_die)
16524 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16525 dw_die_ref array_die;
16528 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16529 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16530 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16532 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
16534 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
16535 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
16537 if (info->data_location)
16538 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
16540 if (info->associated)
16541 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
16543 if (info->allocated)
16544 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
16547 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
16549 dw_die_ref subrange_die
16550 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
16552 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
16554 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
16557 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
16558 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16559 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
16562 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
16563 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
16566 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
16567 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
16568 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
16570 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
16571 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
16572 info->dimen[dim].stride,
16576 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
16577 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
16579 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
16580 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
16585 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
16587 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
16588 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
16590 if (origin != NULL)
16591 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
16594 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
16595 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16596 0, 0, context_die);
16599 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
16600 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
16602 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
16606 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
16607 emit full debugging info for them. */
16610 retry_incomplete_types (void)
16614 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
16615 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
16616 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
16617 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die ());
16620 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
16622 static enum dwarf_tag
16623 record_type_tag (tree type)
16625 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
16626 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
16628 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
16630 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
16631 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
16633 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
16634 return DW_TAG_class_type;
16636 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
16637 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
16638 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
16639 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
16642 gcc_unreachable ();
16646 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
16647 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
16648 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
16652 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16654 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
16656 if (type_die == NULL)
16658 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
16659 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
16660 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
16661 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
16662 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
16663 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
16664 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16665 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16667 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
16668 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
16669 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type))
16670 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16673 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
16676 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
16678 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
16679 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
16680 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
16681 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
16685 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
16686 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
16687 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
16689 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
16690 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
16693 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
16694 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
16695 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
16696 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
16698 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
16699 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
16701 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
16702 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
16704 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
16705 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
16707 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
16708 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
16710 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
16711 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
16712 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
16713 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
16714 values as if they were signed. That means that
16715 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
16716 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
16717 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
16718 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
16722 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16724 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
16725 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
16730 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
16731 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
16734 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
16735 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
16736 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
16737 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
16738 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
16739 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
16740 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
16741 argument type of some subprogram type.
16742 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
16746 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
16747 dw_die_ref context_die)
16749 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
16750 tree ultimate_origin;
16751 dw_die_ref parm_die
16752 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
16754 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
16756 case tcc_declaration:
16757 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
16758 if (node || ultimate_origin)
16759 origin = ultimate_origin;
16760 if (origin != NULL)
16761 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
16762 else if (emit_name_p)
16763 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
16765 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)
16766 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
16767 decl_function_context
16768 (node_or_origin))))
16770 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
16771 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
16772 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
16775 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
16776 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin),
16777 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin),
16780 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
16781 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16783 if (node && node != origin)
16784 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
16785 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
16786 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
16787 node == NULL, DW_AT_location);
16792 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
16793 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
16797 gcc_unreachable ();
16803 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
16804 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
16807 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
16808 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
16809 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
16810 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
16811 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
16812 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
16815 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
16817 dw_die_ref subr_die,
16821 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
16823 gcc_assert (parm_pack
16824 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
16827 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
16828 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
16830 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
16832 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
16835 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
16836 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
16841 return parm_pack_die;
16844 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
16845 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
16848 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16850 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
16853 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
16854 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
16855 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
16856 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
16859 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16862 tree formal_type = NULL;
16863 tree first_parm_type;
16866 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
16868 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
16869 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
16874 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
16876 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
16877 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
16878 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
16880 dw_die_ref parm_die;
16882 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
16883 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
16886 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
16887 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
16888 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
16890 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
16891 && link == first_parm_type)
16893 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16894 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
16895 add_AT_die_ref (context_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
16897 else if (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg))
16898 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16900 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
16902 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg);
16905 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
16906 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
16907 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
16908 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
16910 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
16911 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
16912 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
16913 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
16914 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
16915 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
16918 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
16919 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
16920 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
16921 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
16922 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
16925 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
16927 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
16929 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
16930 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
16931 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
16932 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
16933 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
16935 dw_die_ref type_die;
16936 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
16938 push_decl_scope (type);
16939 type_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type);
16940 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
16941 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
16942 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
16944 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
16945 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
16946 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
16947 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
16948 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
16950 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
16951 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
16955 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
16961 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
16962 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
16965 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
16967 dw_die_ref old_die;
16971 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
16972 htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
16973 int old_call_site_count, old_tail_call_site_count;
16974 struct call_arg_loc_node *old_call_arg_locations;
16976 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
16977 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
16979 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
16980 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
16981 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
16984 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
16985 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
16986 get locations in abstract instantces. */
16987 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
16988 decl_loc_table = NULL;
16989 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table = cached_dw_loc_list_table;
16990 cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL;
16991 old_call_arg_locations = call_arg_locations;
16992 call_arg_locations = NULL;
16993 old_call_site_count = call_site_count;
16994 call_site_count = -1;
16995 old_tail_call_site_count = tail_call_site_count;
16996 tail_call_site_count = -1;
16998 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
16999 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17000 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17002 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17004 gen_type_die_for_member
17005 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die ());
17008 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17009 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17010 current_function_decl = decl;
17011 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17013 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17014 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17015 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17016 if (! was_abstract)
17017 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17019 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17020 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17021 cached_dw_loc_list_table = old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
17022 call_arg_locations = old_call_arg_locations;
17023 call_site_count = old_call_site_count;
17024 tail_call_site_count = old_tail_call_site_count;
17028 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17031 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17032 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17035 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17040 type = (tree) *slot;
17041 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17043 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17047 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17048 through htab_traverse.
17050 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17051 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17052 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17055 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17056 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17058 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17061 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17062 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17063 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17064 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17067 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17068 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17069 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl);
17070 if (node && node->needed)
17072 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17073 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17074 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17075 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17081 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17084 premark_used_types (void)
17086 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17087 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17090 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17093 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17095 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17096 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17097 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17100 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
17101 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
17104 gen_call_site_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref subr_die,
17105 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc)
17107 dw_die_ref stmt_die = NULL, die;
17108 tree block = ca_loc->block;
17111 && block != DECL_INITIAL (decl)
17112 && TREE_CODE (block) == BLOCK)
17114 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) > BLOCK_NUMBER (block))
17115 stmt_die = VEC_index (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (block));
17118 block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block);
17120 if (stmt_die == NULL)
17121 stmt_die = subr_die;
17122 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site, stmt_die, NULL_TREE);
17123 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, ca_loc->label);
17124 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
17125 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call, 1);
17126 if (ca_loc->symbol_ref)
17128 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc->symbol_ref));
17130 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
17132 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, ca_loc->symbol_ref);
17137 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17141 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17143 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17144 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17146 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17147 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17148 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17150 premark_used_types ();
17152 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17153 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17154 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17155 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17156 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17158 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17159 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17162 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17165 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17166 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17167 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17168 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17169 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17170 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17171 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17173 if (origin != NULL)
17175 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17177 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17178 inline function. */
17179 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17180 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17182 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17183 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17184 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
17185 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
17186 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
17187 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
17189 add_linkage_name (subr_die, decl);
17193 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17194 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17196 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17197 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17198 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17199 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17200 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17202 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17203 something we have already output. */
17207 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17208 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17209 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17210 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17211 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17212 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17213 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17214 if ((is_cu_die (old_die->die_parent) || context_die == NULL)
17215 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17216 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17217 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17218 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17220 subr_die = old_die;
17222 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17223 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17224 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17225 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17226 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17227 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17228 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer);
17229 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17233 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17234 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17235 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17236 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17237 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17238 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17243 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17245 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17246 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17248 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17249 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17251 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17252 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17253 0, 0, context_die);
17256 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17257 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17258 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17260 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17265 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17267 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17269 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17270 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17271 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17272 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17273 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17275 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17276 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17277 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17278 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17280 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17281 later reused to represent definition. */
17282 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17285 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17287 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17289 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17290 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17292 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17296 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17297 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17299 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17302 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17303 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17304 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17306 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17308 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17310 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17312 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17313 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17315 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17317 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
17318 if (fde->dw_fde_begin)
17320 /* We have already generated the labels. */
17321 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
17322 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
17326 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
17327 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17328 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17329 current_function_funcdef_no);
17330 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17331 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17332 current_function_funcdef_no);
17333 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17336 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17337 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
17338 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
17339 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
17340 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
17341 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
17342 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
17343 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
17344 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
17345 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
17346 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
17347 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
17350 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue)
17351 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue,
17352 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue);
17354 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
17355 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue,
17356 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue);
17360 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17364 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
17365 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
17367 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin)
17369 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17371 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
17372 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
17373 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
17374 alignment offset. */
17375 bool range_list_added = false;
17376 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
17377 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
17378 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
17379 fde->dw_fde_second_end,
17380 &range_list_added);
17381 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17382 if (range_list_added)
17387 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
17388 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
17389 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
17390 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
17391 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
17392 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
17393 sections when given "b foo". */
17394 const char *name = NULL;
17395 tree decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17396 dw_die_ref seg_die;
17398 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
17399 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
17400 fde->dw_fde_begin);
17401 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
17404 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17406 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
17407 seg_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram,
17408 subr_die->die_parent, decl);
17410 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17411 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17413 if (decl_name != NULL
17414 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17416 name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
17417 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17418 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die, decl);
17420 add_linkage_name (seg_die, decl);
17422 gcc_assert (name != NULL);
17423 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die, decl);
17424 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17425 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17427 name = concat ("__second_sect_of_", name, NULL);
17428 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
17429 fde->dw_fde_second_begin);
17430 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
17431 fde->dw_fde_second_end);
17432 add_name_attribute (seg_die, name);
17433 add_pubname_string (name, seg_die);
17438 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
17439 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
17440 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17444 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17445 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17446 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, cfun->fde->fde_index);
17449 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17451 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17452 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17453 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17454 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17455 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17456 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17457 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17459 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17461 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17462 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17466 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17467 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17468 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17470 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17473 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17474 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17475 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17476 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17477 by this displacement. */
17478 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17480 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17481 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17482 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17485 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17486 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17487 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17489 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17490 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17491 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17492 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17493 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17494 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17495 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17496 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17497 an ellipsis at the end. */
17499 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17500 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17501 its formal parameters. */
17502 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17504 else if (declaration)
17505 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17508 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17509 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17510 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17511 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17512 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17515 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17516 emit their relevant DIEs.
17518 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17519 as well as it being a normal function.
17521 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17522 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17523 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17524 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17525 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17526 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17527 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17528 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17529 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17532 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17533 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
17535 if (generic_decl_parm
17536 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
17537 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
17542 dw_die_ref parm_die = gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
17544 if (parm == DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl)
17545 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == METHOD_TYPE
17547 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17548 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
17550 parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm);
17553 if (generic_decl_parm)
17554 generic_decl_parm = DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
17557 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
17558 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
17559 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
17560 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
17561 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
17562 parameters at all. */
17563 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
17565 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
17566 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
17567 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17569 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
17570 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17573 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
17574 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
17575 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
17577 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
17578 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
17579 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
17580 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
17581 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
17582 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
17583 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
17585 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
17586 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
17587 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
17588 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
17589 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
17590 constructor function. */
17591 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
17593 int call_site_note_count = 0;
17594 int tail_call_site_note_count = 0;
17596 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
17597 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
17598 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
17600 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
17601 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
17603 if (call_arg_locations && !dwarf_strict)
17605 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc;
17606 for (ca_loc = call_arg_locations; ca_loc; ca_loc = ca_loc->next)
17608 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
17609 rtx tloc = NULL_RTX, tlocc = NULL_RTX;
17612 for (arg = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note);
17613 arg; arg = next_arg)
17615 dw_loc_descr_ref reg, val;
17616 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1));
17617 dw_die_ref cdie, tdie = NULL;
17619 next_arg = XEXP (arg, 1);
17620 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17622 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0))
17623 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0))
17624 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17625 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0)))
17626 next_arg = XEXP (next_arg, 1);
17627 if (mode == VOIDmode)
17629 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
17630 if (mode == VOIDmode)
17631 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (arg, 0));
17633 if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == BLKmode)
17635 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
17637 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
17638 tloc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
17641 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
17642 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
17644 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
17645 tlocc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
17649 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
17650 reg = reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0),
17651 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17652 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
17654 rtx mem = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0);
17655 reg = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem, 0),
17656 get_address_mode (mem),
17658 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17660 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17661 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
17664 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
17665 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
17672 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17673 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
17675 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1), mode,
17677 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17681 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
17682 cdie = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter, die,
17685 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_location, reg);
17686 else if (tdie != NULL)
17687 add_AT_die_ref (cdie, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
17688 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value, val);
17689 if (next_arg != XEXP (arg, 1))
17691 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 1));
17692 if (mode == VOIDmode)
17693 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 0));
17694 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1),
17697 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17699 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value, val);
17703 && (ca_loc->symbol_ref || tloc))
17704 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
17705 if (die != NULL && (tloc != NULL_RTX || tlocc != NULL_RTX))
17707 dw_loc_descr_ref tval = NULL;
17709 if (tloc != NULL_RTX)
17710 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tloc,
17711 GET_MODE (tloc) == VOIDmode
17712 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tloc),
17714 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17716 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target, tval);
17717 else if (tlocc != NULL_RTX)
17719 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc,
17720 GET_MODE (tlocc) == VOIDmode
17721 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tlocc),
17723 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17725 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered,
17731 call_site_note_count++;
17732 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
17733 tail_call_site_note_count++;
17737 call_arg_locations = NULL;
17738 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
17739 if (tail_call_site_count >= 0
17740 && tail_call_site_count == tail_call_site_note_count
17743 if (call_site_count >= 0
17744 && call_site_count == call_site_note_count)
17745 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites, 1);
17747 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites, 1);
17749 call_site_count = -1;
17750 tail_call_site_count = -1;
17752 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
17753 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17757 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
17760 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
17762 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17763 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
17766 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
17767 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
17770 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
17772 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17773 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
17774 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
17777 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
17778 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
17781 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
17785 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
17786 tree ultimate_origin;
17787 dw_die_ref var_die;
17788 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
17789 dw_die_ref origin_die;
17790 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
17791 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17792 bool specialization_p = false;
17794 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
17795 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
17796 origin = ultimate_origin;
17797 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
17799 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
17800 of a data member. */
17803 dw_die_ref com_die;
17804 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
17805 die_node com_die_arg;
17807 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
17810 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
17812 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
17817 /* Optimize the common case. */
17818 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
17819 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
17820 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
17821 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
17823 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
17824 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
17826 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
17828 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17829 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17835 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
17836 common_block_die_table
17837 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
17838 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
17840 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
17841 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
17842 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
17843 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
17844 if (com_die == NULL)
17847 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
17850 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
17851 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
17854 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17855 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
17856 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
17857 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
17859 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17860 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17861 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
17862 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
17863 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
17864 *slot = (void *) com_die;
17866 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
17868 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17869 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
17870 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17872 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
17873 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
17874 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
17875 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
17876 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17881 /* Optimize the common case. */
17882 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
17883 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
17884 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
17885 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
17886 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
17887 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
17889 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
17891 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17893 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17894 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17895 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
17899 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
17900 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
17901 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
17902 inside functions, though. */
17903 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
17906 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
17907 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
17908 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
17909 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
17910 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
17912 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
17915 if (origin != NULL)
17916 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
17918 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
17919 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
17921 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
17922 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
17925 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
17927 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
17928 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
17929 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
17931 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
17932 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
17934 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
17935 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
17936 specialization_p = true;
17937 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
17939 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17940 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17942 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17943 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17945 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17946 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17948 if (old_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_member)
17949 add_linkage_name (var_die, decl);
17953 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
17955 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
17957 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
17958 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
17959 decl_function_context
17960 (decl_or_origin))))
17962 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
17964 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
17965 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
17967 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin),
17968 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
17971 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
17973 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17974 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17976 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17977 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17979 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die, decl);
17983 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17985 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration || old_die == NULL))
17986 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
17989 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
17990 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
17991 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
17993 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
17994 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
17995 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
17996 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
17997 to add it again. */
17998 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18000 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18001 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18002 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18004 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin,
18005 decl == NULL, DW_AT_location);
18006 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18009 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18012 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18015 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18017 dw_die_ref const_die;
18018 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18020 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18021 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18022 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18023 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18024 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18025 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18026 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18027 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18030 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18033 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18035 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18036 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18038 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18040 if (origin != NULL)
18041 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18043 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18045 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18046 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18049 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18051 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18052 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18053 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18057 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18059 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18060 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18061 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18062 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18063 it if it ever does happen. */
18064 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18067 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18071 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
18072 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn) != -1)
18074 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18075 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18080 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18081 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18082 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18085 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18087 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18089 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18091 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18092 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18097 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18098 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18101 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18103 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18105 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18106 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18110 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18112 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18113 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18114 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18117 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18119 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18122 add_ranges (chain);
18123 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18130 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18131 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18132 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18133 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18134 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18135 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18139 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18142 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18144 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18146 if (call_arg_locations)
18148 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
18149 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map,
18150 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
18151 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt), stmt_die);
18154 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18155 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18157 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18160 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18163 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18167 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18169 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18171 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18173 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18174 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18175 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18176 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18177 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18179 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18181 dw_die_ref subr_die
18182 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18184 if (call_arg_locations)
18186 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
18187 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map,
18188 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
18189 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt), subr_die);
18191 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18192 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18193 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18194 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18196 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18197 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18201 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18204 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18206 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18208 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18211 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18212 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18213 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18214 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18217 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18219 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18220 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18221 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18224 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18225 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18227 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18228 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18230 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18232 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18233 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18237 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18238 Use modified_type_die instead.
18239 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18240 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18243 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18246 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18248 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18249 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18250 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18253 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18254 Use modified_type_die instead.
18255 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18256 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18259 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18261 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18263 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
18264 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18266 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18268 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18269 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18270 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18274 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18277 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18280 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18281 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18283 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18284 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18285 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18286 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18289 typedef const char *dchar_p; /* For DEF_VEC_P. */
18290 DEF_VEC_P(dchar_p);
18291 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dchar_p,heap);
18293 static char *producer_string;
18295 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
18296 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
18299 gen_producer_string (void)
18302 VEC(dchar_p, heap) *switches = NULL;
18303 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18304 char *producer, *tail;
18306 size_t len = dwarf_record_gcc_switches ? 0 : 3;
18307 size_t plen = strlen (language_string) + 1 + strlen (version_string);
18309 for (j = 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches && j < save_decoded_options_count; j++)
18310 switch (save_decoded_options[j].opt_index)
18317 case OPT_auxbase_strip:
18326 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown:
18327 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore:
18328 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name:
18329 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file:
18330 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches:
18331 case OPT_gno_record_gcc_switches:
18332 case OPT__output_pch_:
18333 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_:
18334 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option:
18335 case OPT_fverbose_asm:
18337 case OPT__sysroot_:
18339 case OPT_nostdinc__:
18340 /* Ignore these. */
18343 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][0]
18345 switch (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][1])
18352 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0] + 2,
18359 VEC_safe_push (dchar_p, heap, switches,
18360 save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text);
18361 len += strlen (save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text) + 1;
18365 producer = XNEWVEC (char, plen + 1 + len + 1);
18367 sprintf (tail, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18370 if (!dwarf_record_gcc_switches)
18372 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18373 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the
18374 producer string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3;
18375 if they do not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches
18376 the conclusion that the object file is stripped and has no debugging
18377 information. To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is
18378 debugging information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer
18380 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18382 memcpy (tail, " -g", 3);
18388 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dchar_p, switches, j, p)
18392 memcpy (tail + 1, p, len);
18397 VEC_free (dchar_p, heap, switches);
18401 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18404 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18407 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18410 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18414 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18415 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18416 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18417 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18420 if (producer_string == NULL)
18421 producer_string = gen_producer_string ();
18422 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer_string);
18424 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
18425 from the global list of translation units. */
18426 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
18430 const char *common_lang = NULL;
18432 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, all_translation_units, i, t)
18434 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t))
18437 common_lang = TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t);
18438 else if (strcmp (common_lang, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) == 0)
18440 else if (strncmp (common_lang, "GNU C", 5) == 0
18441 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
18442 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
18443 common_lang = "GNU C++";
18446 /* Fall back to C. */
18447 common_lang = NULL;
18453 language_string = common_lang;
18456 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18457 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18458 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18459 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18460 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18461 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18462 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18463 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18465 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18466 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18467 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18468 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18469 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18470 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18471 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18472 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18473 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18474 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18475 else if (dwarf_version >= 5 || !dwarf_strict)
18477 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Go") == 0)
18478 language = DW_LANG_Go;
18482 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18486 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
18487 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
18488 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
18489 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
18490 lowercases everything. */
18491 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
18494 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
18500 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18503 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18505 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18507 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18508 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18510 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18511 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18513 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
18514 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
18515 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
18516 if (access == access_public_node)
18518 if (dwarf_version == 2
18519 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
18520 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18522 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18523 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18524 else if (dwarf_version > 2
18525 && context_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
18526 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18529 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18532 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18535 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18538 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18539 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18540 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18541 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18542 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18543 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18544 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18545 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18546 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18547 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18548 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18550 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18553 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18557 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18558 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18559 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18560 : access_public_node), context_die);
18563 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18564 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
18566 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18567 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18568 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18569 do put them in the right order. */
18571 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18573 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18575 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18578 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18579 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
18581 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18582 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18585 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18587 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18589 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18593 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18594 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18595 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18598 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18599 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18601 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18602 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18604 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18605 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18606 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18607 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18608 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18610 if (type_die && ! complete)
18613 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18614 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18615 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18618 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18620 if (! type_die || (nested && is_cu_die (scope_die)))
18621 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18623 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18625 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18626 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18628 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18630 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18633 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18634 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
18635 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
18636 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18640 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18642 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18643 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18644 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18645 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type);
18647 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18648 then give a list of members. */
18649 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18651 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18652 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18653 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18654 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18655 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18657 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18658 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18661 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18662 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18663 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18664 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18666 push_decl_scope (type);
18667 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18670 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18671 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18673 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18675 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18676 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18677 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18682 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18684 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18685 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18686 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18687 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18690 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18691 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18694 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18697 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18699 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18700 dw_die_ref subr_die
18701 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18702 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18704 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18705 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18706 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18707 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18709 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18710 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18713 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18716 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18718 dw_die_ref type_die;
18721 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18724 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18725 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18726 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18727 if (origin != NULL)
18728 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18733 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18734 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18736 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18738 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18739 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18743 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18745 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18747 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
18748 an anonymous type, e.g:
18749 typedef struct {...} foo;
18750 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
18751 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
18752 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
18755 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
18756 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
18757 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
18758 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
18759 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
18760 anonymous struct DIE. */
18761 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18762 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18764 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
18765 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
18766 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
18767 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
18768 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
18769 this debug info. */
18770 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type), decl);
18774 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18775 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18777 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
18778 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
18779 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
18781 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18783 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, decl);
18786 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18787 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18789 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18790 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18793 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
18796 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
18797 dw_die_ref context_die,
18798 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18802 if (type == NULL_TREE
18803 || !is_tagged_type (type))
18806 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18807 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18808 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18809 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18810 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18811 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18812 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
18813 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18814 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
18816 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
18818 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18821 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18822 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18823 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18826 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18827 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
18829 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
18830 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
18831 decls_for_scope. */
18832 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18833 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
18835 if (context_die && is_declaration_die (context_die))
18836 context_die = NULL;
18841 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
18845 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
18847 /* This might have been written out by the call to
18848 declare_in_namespace. */
18849 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18850 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
18853 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
18858 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
18859 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
18860 when appropriate. */
18863 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18866 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18867 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18869 struct array_descr_info info;
18871 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18874 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL_TREE
18875 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18876 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type))
18877 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18878 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
18879 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
18880 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
18882 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
18884 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18885 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18886 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
18888 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18891 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18892 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18894 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18895 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18896 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (TYPE_NAME (type))
18897 || (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18898 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18899 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18901 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18903 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18907 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
18908 generate debug info for the typedef. */
18909 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18911 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18912 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18913 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18914 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18915 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18917 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18921 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18922 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18923 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18924 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18925 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18927 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18928 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18932 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18933 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18934 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18935 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18936 cloned type itself). */
18937 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18938 type = type_main_variant (type);
18940 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18943 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18949 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18950 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18951 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18952 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18953 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18955 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18957 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18958 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18959 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18960 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18964 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18965 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18966 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
18967 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18969 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18970 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18971 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18973 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18975 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
18978 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
18979 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18980 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18981 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18982 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18986 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18987 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18988 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18989 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18993 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18997 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19000 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19003 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19004 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19010 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19013 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19018 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
19020 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19021 if (type_die == NULL)
19023 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
19024 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
19025 name = DECL_NAME (name);
19026 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
19027 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19028 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19034 gcc_unreachable ();
19037 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19041 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19043 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19046 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19047 things which are local to the given block. */
19050 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19052 int must_output_die = 0;
19055 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19056 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19059 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19061 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19062 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19063 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19064 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19068 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19069 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19074 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19077 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19078 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19079 must_output_die = 1;
19082 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19083 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19084 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19085 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19086 as being a "significant" one. */
19087 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19088 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19089 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19090 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19091 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19092 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19093 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19094 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19095 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19096 must_output_die = 1;
19099 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19100 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19101 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19102 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19103 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19104 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19105 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19106 if (must_output_die)
19110 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19111 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19112 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19113 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19114 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19115 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19116 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19117 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19119 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19120 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19121 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19122 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19123 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19124 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19127 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19130 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19133 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19134 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19136 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19139 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19141 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19142 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19143 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19144 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19145 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19149 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19150 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19151 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19152 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19153 stmt, context_die);
19155 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19158 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19159 all of its sub-blocks. */
19162 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19168 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19169 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19172 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19173 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19174 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19175 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19176 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
19177 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19178 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19179 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19182 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19183 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19186 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19187 therein) of this block. */
19188 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19190 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19191 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19194 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19197 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19199 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19202 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19203 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19204 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19205 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19206 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19207 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19213 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
19214 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
19217 typedef struct {...} foo;
19219 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
19220 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
19224 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
19226 if (decl == NULL_TREE
19227 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
19228 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
19229 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)
19230 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
19231 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
19232 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
19233 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
19237 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
19238 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
19239 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
19240 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
19243 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19245 static inline dw_die_ref
19246 get_context_die (tree context)
19250 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19251 if (TYPE_P (context))
19253 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context);
19254 return strip_naming_typedef (context, force_type_die (context));
19257 return force_decl_die (context);
19259 return comp_unit_die ();
19262 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19265 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19267 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19268 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19269 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19270 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19273 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19275 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19279 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19281 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19282 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19283 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19284 declaration die. */
19285 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19286 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19287 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19288 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19292 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19293 gen_decl_die() call. */
19294 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19295 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19296 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19297 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19300 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19301 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19302 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19304 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19305 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
19308 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL:
19309 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
19313 gcc_unreachable ();
19316 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19318 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19319 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19325 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19326 always returned. */
19329 force_type_die (tree type)
19331 dw_die_ref type_die;
19333 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19336 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19338 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19339 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19340 gcc_assert (type_die);
19345 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19346 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19349 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19351 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19352 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19353 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19354 /* Force out the namespace. */
19355 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19357 return context_die;
19360 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19361 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19363 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19364 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19367 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19369 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19371 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19372 return context_die;
19374 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19375 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19376 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19377 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19378 return context_die;
19380 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19382 if (ns_context != context_die)
19386 if (DECL_P (thing))
19387 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19389 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19391 return context_die;
19394 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19397 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19399 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19401 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19402 they are an alias of. */
19403 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19405 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19406 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
19407 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19408 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19409 context_die, decl);
19410 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19411 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19413 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19415 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19418 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19419 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19420 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19421 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19425 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19427 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19428 dw_die_ref origin_die
19429 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19431 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl)
19432 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19433 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
19434 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19435 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19436 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19437 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19438 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19442 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
19443 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
19444 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
19447 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19449 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19450 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19452 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19455 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19461 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
19463 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19464 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19468 /* Emit its type. */
19469 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19471 /* And its containing namespace. */
19472 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19474 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19477 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19478 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19479 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19480 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19481 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin)
19482 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19483 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19488 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19489 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19490 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19491 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19494 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19495 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19496 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19497 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19498 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19500 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19501 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19502 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19503 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19504 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19505 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19506 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19507 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19508 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19510 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19511 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19514 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19515 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19517 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19518 have its containing type. */
19520 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19521 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19522 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
19524 /* And its return type. */
19525 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19527 /* And its virtual context. */
19528 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19529 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19531 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
19532 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19533 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19535 /* And its containing namespace. */
19536 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19539 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19541 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19545 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19546 actual typedefs. */
19547 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19550 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19551 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19552 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19553 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19554 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19555 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19556 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19557 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19558 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19560 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19563 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19564 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19566 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19567 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19571 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19572 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19577 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19578 variable declarations or definitions. */
19579 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19582 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19584 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19585 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19587 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19589 /* And its containing type. */
19590 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19591 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19592 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19594 /* And its containing namespace. */
19595 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19597 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19598 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19599 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19601 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19602 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19603 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19604 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19605 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19608 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19612 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19613 anonymous unions and structs. */
19614 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19615 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19616 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19618 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19619 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19624 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19625 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19627 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19628 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19629 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19632 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19633 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19634 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19635 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19639 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19640 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19647 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19648 compilation proper has finished. */
19651 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19653 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19654 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19655 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19656 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19657 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19658 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19661 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19662 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19664 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19667 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19670 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19671 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19672 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19673 that DECL belongs to.
19674 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19676 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19678 tree lexical_block,
19679 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19681 expanded_location xloc;
19682 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19683 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19685 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19687 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19688 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19692 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19694 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19696 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19697 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19698 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19699 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19700 if (!at_import_die)
19702 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19703 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19704 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19705 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19710 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19711 if (!at_import_die)
19713 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19714 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19715 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19717 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19719 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19720 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19721 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19722 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19724 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19725 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19727 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19731 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19733 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19734 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19741 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19745 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19746 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19748 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19749 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19750 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19753 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19754 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19755 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19756 importing whole module. */
19759 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19762 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19763 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19765 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19770 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19771 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19774 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19775 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19777 && TYPE_P (context)
19778 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19781 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19784 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19788 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19789 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19790 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19791 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19794 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19795 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19799 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19802 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19804 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die ();
19806 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19811 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19812 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19813 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19814 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19815 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19816 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19817 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19818 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19819 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19820 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19821 with the definition of the function.
19823 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19824 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19825 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19826 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19827 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19828 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19829 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19830 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19831 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19832 that they *are* definitions).
19834 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19835 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19836 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19837 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19838 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19839 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19842 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19843 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19844 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19845 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19846 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19847 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19848 context_die = NULL;
19852 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19853 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19854 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19855 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19856 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19857 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19858 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19859 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19860 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19863 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19864 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19865 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19867 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19868 variable declarations or definitions. */
19869 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19874 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19876 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
19878 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19879 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19882 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19883 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19884 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19886 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19891 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19892 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19895 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19896 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19897 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19900 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19901 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19904 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19905 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19906 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19907 context_die = NULL;
19915 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19918 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19921 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
19923 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19924 call_arg_locations = NULL;
19925 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
19926 call_site_count = -1;
19927 tail_call_site_count = -1;
19928 VEC_free (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map);
19929 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
19930 htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table);
19933 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19934 a lexical block. */
19937 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19938 unsigned int blocknum)
19940 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19941 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19944 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19948 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19950 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19951 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19954 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19955 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19957 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19958 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19959 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19962 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
19967 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
19968 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19969 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19971 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
19973 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
19974 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19975 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19982 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19985 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
19987 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
19988 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
19989 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
19990 return filename_cmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
19994 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
19996 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
19997 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20000 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20001 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20002 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20003 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20004 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20005 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20006 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20007 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20008 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20011 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20012 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20015 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20017 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20018 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20019 if (file_table_last_lookup
20020 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20021 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20022 return file_table_last_lookup;
20024 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20025 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20026 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20028 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20030 created = ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
20031 created->filename = file_name;
20032 created->emitted_number = 0;
20037 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20038 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20039 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20040 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20041 types, which may include filenames. */
20044 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20046 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20048 if (last_emitted_file)
20049 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20051 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20052 last_emitted_file = fd;
20054 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20056 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20057 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20058 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20059 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20063 return fd->emitted_number;
20066 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20067 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20068 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20071 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20073 die_arg_entry entry;
20078 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20079 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20080 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20084 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20085 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20089 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
20093 generic_type_p (tree t)
20095 if (t == NULL_TREE || !TYPE_P (t))
20097 return lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t) != NULL_TREE;
20100 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
20101 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
20102 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
20105 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t)
20107 if (!generic_type_p (t))
20110 if (generic_type_instances == NULL)
20111 generic_type_instances = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20113 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, generic_type_instances, t);
20116 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20117 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20118 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20121 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20123 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20128 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e)
20129 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20133 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
20134 that have been previously scheduled by
20135 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
20136 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
20139 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
20144 if (generic_type_instances == NULL)
20147 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, generic_type_instances, i, t)
20148 gen_generic_params_dies (t);
20152 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20155 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20161 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20165 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20169 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20172 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20174 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20175 /* replace the string. */
20176 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20180 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20183 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20184 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20185 our lookup table. */
20188 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20190 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20191 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20192 rtx next_real, next_note;
20193 static const char *last_label;
20194 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20195 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20196 static rtx expected_next_loc_note;
20200 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note))
20202 if (CALL_P (loc_note))
20205 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20206 tail_call_site_count++;
20211 var_loc_p = NOTE_KIND (loc_note) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION;
20212 if (var_loc_p && !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20215 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
20216 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
20217 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
20218 calculation for next time. */
20219 next_real = cached_next_real_insn;
20222 if (expected_next_loc_note != loc_note)
20223 next_real = NULL_RTX;
20226 next_note = NEXT_INSN (loc_note);
20228 || INSN_DELETED_P (next_note)
20229 || GET_CODE (next_note) != NOTE
20230 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
20231 && NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION))
20232 next_note = NULL_RTX;
20235 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20239 expected_next_loc_note = next_note;
20240 cached_next_real_insn = next_real;
20243 cached_next_real_insn = NULL_RTX;
20245 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20246 don't do anything. */
20248 && next_real == NULL_RTX
20249 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20252 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20253 next_real = get_last_insn ();
20255 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20256 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20257 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20258 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20259 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20260 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20263 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20268 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20269 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
20270 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
20271 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
20272 if (newloc == NULL)
20281 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20282 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20283 create a new label and emit it. */
20284 if (last_label == NULL)
20286 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20287 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20289 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20294 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc
20295 = ggc_alloc_cleared_call_arg_loc_node ();
20296 rtx prev = prev_real_insn (loc_note), x;
20297 ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note = loc_note;
20298 ca_loc->next = NULL;
20299 ca_loc->label = last_label;
20302 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
20303 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SEQUENCE
20304 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0)))));
20305 if (!CALL_P (prev))
20306 prev = XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0);
20307 ca_loc->tail_call_p = SIBLING_CALL_P (prev);
20308 x = PATTERN (prev);
20309 if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
20310 x = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
20311 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
20313 if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL && MEM_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
20315 x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
20316 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
20317 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)
20318 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)) == FUNCTION_DECL)
20319 ca_loc->symbol_ref = x;
20321 ca_loc->block = insn_scope (prev);
20322 if (call_arg_locations)
20323 call_arg_loc_last->next = ca_loc;
20325 call_arg_locations = ca_loc;
20326 call_arg_loc_last = ca_loc;
20328 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20329 newloc->label = last_label;
20332 if (!last_postcall_label)
20334 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20335 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20337 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20340 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20341 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20344 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
20347 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20349 var_loc_list *list = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
20351 list->last_before_switch
20352 = list->last->next ? list->last->next : list->last;
20356 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
20359 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
20361 if (decl_loc_table == NULL)
20364 htab_traverse (decl_loc_table, var_location_switch_text_section_1, NULL);
20367 /* Create a new line number table. */
20369 static dw_line_info_table *
20370 new_line_info_table (void)
20372 dw_line_info_table *table;
20374 table = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_line_info_table_struct ();
20375 table->file_num = 1;
20376 table->line_num = 1;
20377 table->is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
20382 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
20383 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
20386 set_cur_line_info_table (section *sec)
20388 dw_line_info_table *table;
20390 if (sec == text_section)
20391 table = text_section_line_info;
20392 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
20394 table = cold_text_section_line_info;
20397 cold_text_section_line_info = table = new_line_info_table ();
20398 table->end_label = cold_end_label;
20403 const char *end_label;
20405 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20407 if (in_cold_section_p)
20408 end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
20410 end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
20414 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20415 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
20416 current_function_funcdef_no);
20417 end_label = ggc_strdup (label);
20420 table = new_line_info_table ();
20421 table->end_label = end_label;
20423 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_table_p, gc, separate_line_info, table);
20426 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20427 table->is_stmt = (cur_line_info_table
20428 ? cur_line_info_table->is_stmt
20429 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
20430 cur_line_info_table = table;
20434 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20435 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20436 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20437 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20440 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20442 section *sec = function_section (fun);
20444 if (sec != text_section)
20445 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20447 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section)
20449 gcc_assert (current_function_decl == fun);
20450 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20451 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20452 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20453 switch_to_section (sec);
20456 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20457 call_site_count = 0;
20458 tail_call_site_count = 0;
20460 set_cur_line_info_table (sec);
20463 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
20466 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table *table,
20467 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode, unsigned int val)
20469 dw_line_info_entry e;
20472 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_entry, gc, table->entries, &e);
20475 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20476 and record information relating to this source line, in
20477 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20478 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
20481 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20482 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20484 unsigned int file_num;
20485 dw_line_info_table *table;
20487 if (debug_info_level < DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL || line == 0)
20490 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
20491 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
20492 if (dwarf_version < 4 && dwarf_strict)
20495 table = cur_line_info_table;
20496 file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20498 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
20499 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
20500 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
20501 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
20502 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
20503 that second line number entry. */
20504 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
20505 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
20506 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
20507 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to preceed the first insn
20508 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
20509 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
20510 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
20512 if (0 && file_num == table->file_num
20513 && line == table->line_num
20514 && discriminator == table->discrim_num
20515 && is_stmt == table->is_stmt)
20518 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20520 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20521 if (flag_debug_asm)
20522 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, filename, line);
20524 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20526 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20527 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
20528 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
20529 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file);
20530 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, file_num);
20531 putc (' ', asm_out_file);
20532 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, line);
20533 putc (' ', asm_out_file);
20534 putc ('0', asm_out_file);
20536 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
20538 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file);
20539 putc (is_stmt ? '1' : '0', asm_out_file);
20541 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20543 gcc_assert (discriminator > 0);
20544 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file);
20545 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, (unsigned long) discriminator);
20547 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20551 unsigned int label_num = ++line_info_label_num;
20553 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, label_num);
20555 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_address, label_num);
20556 if (file_num != table->file_num)
20557 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_file, file_num);
20558 if (discriminator != table->discrim_num)
20559 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_discriminator, discriminator);
20560 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
20561 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_negate_stmt, 0);
20562 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_line, line);
20565 table->file_num = file_num;
20566 table->line_num = line;
20567 table->discrim_num = discriminator;
20568 table->is_stmt = is_stmt;
20569 table->in_use = true;
20572 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20575 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20577 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
20579 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20580 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20582 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
20583 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20586 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20589 e.code = DW_MACINFO_start_file;
20591 e.info = ggc_strdup (filename);
20592 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20596 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20599 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20601 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
20602 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20603 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
20605 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20608 e.code = DW_MACINFO_end_file;
20611 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20615 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20616 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20617 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20620 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20621 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20623 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20626 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
20627 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
20628 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table) && lineno == 0)
20633 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20635 e.code = DW_MACINFO_define;
20637 e.info = ggc_strdup (buffer);
20638 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20642 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20643 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20644 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20647 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20648 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20650 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20653 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
20654 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
20655 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table) && lineno == 0)
20660 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20662 e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef;
20664 e.info = ggc_strdup (buffer);
20665 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20669 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
20672 htab_macinfo_hash (const void *of)
20674 const macinfo_entry *const entry =
20675 (const macinfo_entry *) of;
20677 return htab_hash_string (entry->info);
20681 htab_macinfo_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
20683 const macinfo_entry *const entry1 = (const macinfo_entry *) of1;
20684 const macinfo_entry *const entry2 = (const macinfo_entry *) of2;
20686 return !strcmp (entry1->info, entry2->info);
20689 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
20692 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry *ref)
20696 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20697 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20698 struct dwarf_file_data *fd;
20702 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
20703 fd = lookup_filename (ref->info);
20704 file_num = maybe_emit_file (fd);
20705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20706 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno,
20707 "Included from line number %lu",
20708 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
20709 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info);
20711 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
20712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20714 case DW_MACINFO_define:
20715 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
20716 len = strlen (ref->info) + 1;
20718 && len > DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
20719 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
20720 && (debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) != 0)
20722 ref->code = ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
20723 ? DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
20724 : DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect;
20725 output_macinfo_op (ref);
20728 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
20729 ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
20730 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
20731 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
20732 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
20733 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
20735 case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect:
20736 case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect:
20737 node = find_AT_string (ref->info);
20738 if (node->form != DW_FORM_strp)
20741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
20742 ++dw2_string_counter;
20743 node->label = xstrdup (label);
20744 node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
20746 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
20747 ref->code == DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
20748 ? "Define macro indirect"
20749 : "Undefine macro indirect");
20750 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
20751 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
20752 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->label,
20753 debug_str_section, "The macro: \"%s\"",
20756 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
20757 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code, "Transparent include");
20758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
20759 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, ref->lineno);
20760 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, label, NULL, NULL);
20763 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
20764 ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long) ref->code);
20769 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
20770 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
20771 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
20772 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
20773 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entry referencing it.
20774 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
20777 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx, VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) *files,
20778 htab_t *macinfo_htab)
20780 macinfo_entry *first, *second, *cur, *inc;
20781 char linebuf[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) * 3 + 1];
20782 unsigned char checksum[16];
20783 struct md5_ctx ctx;
20784 char *grp_name, *tail;
20786 unsigned int i, count, encoded_filename_len, linebuf_len;
20789 first = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx);
20790 second = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx + 1);
20792 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
20793 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
20794 with lineno 0 (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
20795 in some included header file. */
20796 if (second->code != DW_MACINFO_define && second->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
20798 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
20800 if (first->lineno != 0 || second->lineno != 0)
20803 else if (first->lineno == 0)
20806 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
20807 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
20808 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
20809 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
20810 for (i = idx; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, cur); i++)
20811 if (cur->code != DW_MACINFO_define && cur->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
20813 else if (first->lineno == 0 && cur->lineno != 0)
20817 unsigned char code = cur->code;
20818 md5_process_bytes (&code, 1, &ctx);
20819 checksum_uleb128 (cur->lineno, &ctx);
20820 md5_process_bytes (cur->info, strlen (cur->info) + 1, &ctx);
20822 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
20825 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
20826 usable characters from its basename. */
20827 if (first->lineno == 0)
20830 base = lbasename (VEC_last (macinfo_entry, files)->info);
20831 for (encoded_filename_len = 0, i = 0; base[i]; i++)
20832 if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
20833 encoded_filename_len++;
20834 /* Count . at the end. */
20835 if (encoded_filename_len)
20836 encoded_filename_len++;
20838 sprintf (linebuf, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, first->lineno);
20839 linebuf_len = strlen (linebuf);
20841 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
20842 grp_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len + linebuf_len + 1
20844 memcpy (grp_name, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
20845 tail = grp_name + 4;
20846 if (encoded_filename_len)
20848 for (i = 0; base[i]; i++)
20849 if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
20853 memcpy (tail, linebuf, linebuf_len);
20854 tail += linebuf_len;
20856 for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
20857 sprintf (tail + i * 2, "%02x", checksum[i] & 0xff);
20859 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
20860 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
20861 inc = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx - 1);
20862 inc->code = DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include;
20864 inc->info = ggc_strdup (grp_name);
20865 if (*macinfo_htab == NULL)
20866 *macinfo_htab = htab_create (10, htab_macinfo_hash, htab_macinfo_eq, NULL);
20867 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
20868 slot = htab_find_slot (*macinfo_htab, inc, INSERT);
20873 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
20874 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op. */
20875 inc = (macinfo_entry *) *slot;
20876 output_macinfo_op (inc);
20877 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
20878 in the second pass. */
20880 VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, cur)
20881 && i < idx + count;
20891 inc->lineno = htab_elements (*macinfo_htab);
20892 output_macinfo_op (inc);
20897 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
20900 output_macinfo (void)
20903 unsigned long length = VEC_length (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table);
20904 macinfo_entry *ref;
20905 VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) *files = NULL;
20906 htab_t macinfo_htab = NULL;
20911 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
20912 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_define
20913 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_undef
20914 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_start_file
20915 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_end_file);
20917 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
20920 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
20921 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
20922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
20924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
20925 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_line_section_label,
20926 debug_line_section, NULL);
20929 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
20930 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
20931 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
20932 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include, the
20933 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op is emitted and kept in
20934 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
20935 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
20936 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
20940 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
20941 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, files, ref);
20943 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
20944 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
20945 VEC_pop (macinfo_entry, files);
20947 case DW_MACINFO_define:
20948 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
20950 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
20951 && VEC_length (macinfo_entry, files) != 1
20954 && VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i - 1)->code == 0)
20956 unsigned count = optimize_macinfo_range (i, files, &macinfo_htab);
20965 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
20966 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
20972 output_macinfo_op (ref);
20977 if (macinfo_htab == NULL)
20980 htab_delete (macinfo_htab);
20982 /* If any DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include were used, on those
20983 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entries terminate the
20984 current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
20985 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
20986 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
20991 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
20993 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20994 tree comdat_key = get_identifier (ref->info);
20995 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
20996 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
20997 targetm.asm_out.named_section (DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
20999 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
21001 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
21002 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL,
21004 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
21007 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
21008 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
21009 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
21011 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
21014 case DW_MACINFO_define:
21015 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
21016 output_macinfo_op (ref);
21021 gcc_unreachable ();
21025 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21028 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21030 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21031 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21032 file_table_eq, NULL);
21034 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21035 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21036 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21038 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21039 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21040 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21042 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
21043 cached_dw_loc_list_table
21044 = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash,
21045 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq, NULL);
21047 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21048 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21050 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21051 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
21052 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21053 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21054 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21055 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21057 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21058 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21059 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21061 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21063 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21065 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21066 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21067 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21068 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21069 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21070 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21071 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (dwarf_strict
21072 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
21073 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
21074 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21075 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21076 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21077 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21078 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21079 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21080 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21081 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21082 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21083 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21084 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21085 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21086 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21087 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21088 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21090 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21091 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21092 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21093 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21095 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21096 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21098 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21099 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21100 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21101 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21103 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21104 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21106 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
21107 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21109 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21110 macinfo_table = VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry, gc, 64);
21112 switch_to_section (text_section);
21113 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21115 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
21116 text_section_line_info = new_line_info_table ();
21117 text_section_line_info->end_label = text_end_label;
21120 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21121 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21124 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21126 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
21127 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
21128 && (!(flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
21129 || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2))
21130 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21133 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21134 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21137 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21139 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21141 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
21143 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21144 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21145 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21151 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21152 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21155 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21159 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21160 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21162 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21164 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21165 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21168 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21174 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21177 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21178 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21181 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21186 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21188 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21190 /* A reference to another DIE.
21191 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21192 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21193 if (! use_debug_types
21194 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21195 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21196 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21198 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21199 accounts properly for it. */
21200 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21201 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21205 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
21208 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21212 if (die == NULL || die->die_child == NULL)
21214 c = die->die_child;
21217 switch (c->die_tag)
21219 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
21220 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
21221 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
21222 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
21223 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
21229 } while (c && c != die->die_child);
21232 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21233 to DIE's children. */
21236 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21240 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21242 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21244 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
21245 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
21247 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die);
21249 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21250 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21251 if (die->die_parent)
21252 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21254 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21255 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21257 /* If this node is a specification,
21258 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21259 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21260 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21263 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21265 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21266 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21269 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21270 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21271 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21272 for all type definitions. */
21273 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21274 || (use_debug_types
21275 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21276 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21278 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21282 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21283 and if so, mark them. */
21286 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21290 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21293 switch (die->die_tag)
21295 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21296 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21297 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21300 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21301 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21302 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21303 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21310 /* Mark children. */
21311 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21314 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21317 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21321 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21322 children have been marked as well. */
21323 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21326 switch (die->die_tag)
21328 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21329 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21330 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21331 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21334 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21335 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21338 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21339 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21340 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21341 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21342 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21344 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
21346 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21349 case DW_TAG_const_type:
21350 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
21351 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
21352 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
21353 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
21354 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
21355 case DW_TAG_typedef:
21356 case DW_TAG_array_type:
21357 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
21358 case DW_TAG_friend:
21359 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
21360 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
21361 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
21362 case DW_TAG_string_type:
21363 case DW_TAG_set_type:
21364 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
21365 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21366 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21367 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21370 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21374 /* Mark everything else. */
21378 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21382 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21383 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21388 /* Mark children. */
21389 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21392 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21396 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21401 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21402 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21404 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21406 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21407 twice in the hash table. */
21409 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21412 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21413 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21415 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21421 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21424 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21428 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21429 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21431 if (! die->die_child)
21434 c = die->die_child;
21436 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21437 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21438 if (c == die->die_child)
21440 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21442 /* No marked children at all. */
21443 die->die_child = NULL;
21446 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21447 die->die_child = prev;
21452 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21454 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21455 } while (c != die->die_child);
21458 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21461 prune_unused_types (void)
21464 limbo_die_node *node;
21465 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21467 dw_die_ref base_type;
21469 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21470 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21471 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
21472 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21473 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21474 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21475 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21476 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21478 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21479 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21481 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21482 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
21483 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21484 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21485 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21487 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21488 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21491 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21493 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub)
21494 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21495 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
21496 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type, 1);
21498 if (debug_str_hash)
21499 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21500 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
21501 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21502 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21503 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21504 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21506 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21507 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
21508 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21509 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21510 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21511 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21514 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21517 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21519 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21520 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21521 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21529 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21532 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21535 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21537 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21542 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21544 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21545 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21547 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21548 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21551 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21552 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21553 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21554 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21555 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21556 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21559 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21561 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21562 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21564 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_linkage_name
21565 || linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21569 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21571 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21575 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21577 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21578 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21582 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
21583 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
21586 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21588 dw_die_ref base_type = NULL;
21590 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21592 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
21594 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
21595 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
21596 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
21598 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
21599 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
21600 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
21603 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
21604 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
21606 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
21607 mark_base_types (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
21612 gcc_assert (base_type->die_parent == comp_unit_die ());
21613 if (base_type->die_mark)
21614 base_type->die_mark++;
21617 VEC_safe_push (dw_die_ref, heap, base_types, base_type);
21618 base_type->die_mark = 1;
21623 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
21626 base_type_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
21628 dw_die_ref dx = *(const dw_die_ref *) x;
21629 dw_die_ref dy = *(const dw_die_ref *) y;
21630 unsigned int byte_size1, byte_size2;
21631 unsigned int encoding1, encoding2;
21632 if (dx->die_mark > dy->die_mark)
21634 if (dx->die_mark < dy->die_mark)
21636 byte_size1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_byte_size);
21637 byte_size2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_byte_size);
21638 if (byte_size1 < byte_size2)
21640 if (byte_size1 > byte_size2)
21642 encoding1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_encoding);
21643 encoding2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_encoding);
21644 if (encoding1 < encoding2)
21646 if (encoding1 > encoding2)
21651 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
21652 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
21653 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
21654 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
21655 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
21658 move_marked_base_types (void)
21661 dw_die_ref base_type, die, c;
21663 if (VEC_empty (dw_die_ref, base_types))
21666 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
21668 VEC_qsort (dw_die_ref, base_types, base_type_cmp);
21669 die = comp_unit_die ();
21670 c = die->die_child;
21673 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21675 while (c->die_mark)
21677 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
21678 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
21679 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
21680 gcc_assert (c != c->die_sib);
21684 while (c != die->die_child);
21685 gcc_assert (die->die_child);
21686 c = die->die_child;
21687 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
21689 base_type->die_mark = 0;
21690 base_type->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21691 c->die_sib = base_type;
21696 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21697 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21698 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21701 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21705 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21707 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21708 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21709 tree tlen = size_int (len - 1);
21711 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21712 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21713 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21715 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21716 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21721 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21722 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))
21724 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
21726 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))))
21729 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21733 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21734 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21740 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21741 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21742 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21745 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21747 dw_loc_descr_ref keep = NULL;
21748 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21749 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
21752 if (resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21755 case DW_OP_const4u:
21756 case DW_OP_const8u:
21758 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21761 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
21762 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc)
21763 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
21765 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned > 0)
21767 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
21768 = int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
21769 add_loc_descr (&repl, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
21770 add_loc_descr (&repl, loc->dw_loc_next);
21774 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
21775 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21776 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL))
21779 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
21780 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
21781 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
21784 = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
21787 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
21788 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
21789 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
21792 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
21793 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
21794 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
21795 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
21796 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
21797 while (loc->dw_loc_next
21798 && loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_convert)
21800 dw_die_ref base1, base2;
21801 unsigned enc1, enc2, size1, size2;
21802 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
21803 || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
21804 base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
21805 else if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
21806 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
21809 base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
21810 if (loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
21811 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
21813 base2 = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
21814 gcc_assert (base1->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type
21815 && base2->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type);
21816 enc1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_encoding);
21817 enc2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_encoding);
21818 size1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_byte_size);
21819 size2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_byte_size);
21821 && (((enc1 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc1 == DW_ATE_signed)
21822 && (enc2 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc2 == DW_ATE_signed)
21826 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_GNU_convert after
21827 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
21828 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
21829 || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
21830 loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
21832 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
21833 loc->dw_loc_next = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_next;
21836 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_GNU_convert after e.g. floating
21837 point typed stack entry. */
21838 else if (enc1 != DW_ATE_unsigned && enc1 != DW_ATE_signed)
21839 keep = loc->dw_loc_next;
21849 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21850 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21851 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21852 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21853 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21854 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21857 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21861 dw_loc_list_ref *curr, *start, loc;
21864 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21865 switch (AT_class (a))
21867 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21868 start = curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21871 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
21872 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
21874 *curr = loc->dw_loc_next;
21875 else if (!loc->resolved_addr)
21877 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
21878 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
21879 References must be identical or completely separate.
21880 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
21881 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
21882 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
21885 gcc_assert (!(*curr)->replaced && !(*curr)->resolved_addr);
21886 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21888 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21889 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21891 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21892 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21898 mark_base_types ((*curr)->expr);
21899 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21903 loc->resolved_addr = 1;
21907 loc->dw_loc_next = *start;
21912 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21916 case dw_val_class_loc:
21918 dw_loc_descr_ref l = AT_loc (a);
21919 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
21920 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
21921 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
21922 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
21923 but shorter, location description. */
21924 if ((dwarf_version > 2
21925 || a->dw_attr != DW_AT_data_member_location
21927 || l->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_plus_uconst
21928 || l->dw_loc_next != NULL)
21929 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (l))
21931 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21935 mark_base_types (l);
21938 case dw_val_class_addr:
21939 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21940 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21942 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21945 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
21946 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
21948 tree tdecl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
21949 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
21951 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl)
21952 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl) == NULL_TREE)
21954 force_decl_die (tdecl);
21955 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
21959 a->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
21960 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = tdie;
21961 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
21965 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21974 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21977 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
21978 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
21981 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
21983 static inline hashval_t
21984 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash)
21986 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
21987 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
21989 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
21991 case DW_OP_const4u:
21992 case DW_OP_const8u:
21996 case DW_OP_const1u:
21997 case DW_OP_const1s:
21998 case DW_OP_const2u:
21999 case DW_OP_const2s:
22000 case DW_OP_const4s:
22001 case DW_OP_const8s:
22005 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
22041 case DW_OP_deref_size:
22042 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
22043 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
22050 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
22051 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
22052 hash = iterative_hash_object (offset, hash);
22055 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
22056 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash);
22057 switch (val2->val_class)
22059 case dw_val_class_const:
22060 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22062 case dw_val_class_vec:
22064 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
22065 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
22067 hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
22068 hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
22069 hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
22070 len * elt_size, hash);
22073 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22074 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
22075 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
22077 case dw_val_class_addr:
22078 hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val2->v.val_addr, hash);
22081 gcc_unreachable ();
22085 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
22086 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
22087 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22093 unsigned char dtprel = 0xd1;
22094 hash = iterative_hash_object (dtprel, hash);
22096 hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val1->v.val_addr, hash);
22098 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
22099 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22101 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
22102 hash = hash_loc_operands (val1->v.val_loc, hash);
22104 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
22105 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
22107 unsigned int byte_size
22108 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
22109 unsigned int encoding
22110 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
22111 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
22112 hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
22113 hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
22116 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
22117 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
22118 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
22120 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash);
22124 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
22126 unsigned int byte_size
22127 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
22128 unsigned int encoding
22129 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
22130 hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
22131 hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
22132 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_GNU_const_type)
22134 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->val_class, hash);
22135 switch (val2->val_class)
22137 case dw_val_class_const:
22138 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22140 case dw_val_class_vec:
22142 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
22143 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
22145 hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
22146 hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
22147 hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
22148 len * elt_size, hash);
22151 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22152 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
22153 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
22156 gcc_unreachable ();
22162 /* Other codes have no operands. */
22168 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
22170 static inline hashval_t
22171 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash)
22173 dw_loc_descr_ref l;
22174 bool sizes_computed = false;
22175 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
22176 size_of_locs (loc);
22178 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
22180 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = l->dw_loc_opc;
22181 hash = iterative_hash_object (opc, hash);
22182 if ((opc == DW_OP_skip || opc == DW_OP_bra) && !sizes_computed)
22184 size_of_locs (loc);
22185 sizes_computed = true;
22187 hash = hash_loc_operands (l, hash);
22192 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
22195 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
22197 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
22198 hashval_t hash = 0;
22200 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
22202 hash = iterative_hash (curr->begin, strlen (curr->begin) + 1, hash);
22203 hash = iterative_hash (curr->end, strlen (curr->end) + 1, hash);
22205 hash = iterative_hash (curr->section, strlen (curr->section) + 1,
22207 hash = hash_locs (curr->expr, hash);
22209 list_head->hash = hash;
22212 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
22215 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
22217 dw_val_ref valx1 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd1;
22218 dw_val_ref valx2 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd2;
22219 dw_val_ref valy1 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd1;
22220 dw_val_ref valy2 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd2;
22222 switch (x->dw_loc_opc)
22224 case DW_OP_const4u:
22225 case DW_OP_const8u:
22229 case DW_OP_const1u:
22230 case DW_OP_const1s:
22231 case DW_OP_const2u:
22232 case DW_OP_const2s:
22233 case DW_OP_const4s:
22234 case DW_OP_const8s:
22238 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
22274 case DW_OP_deref_size:
22275 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
22276 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int;
22279 gcc_assert (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
22280 && valy1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
22281 && x->dw_loc_addr == y->dw_loc_addr);
22282 return valx1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr == valy1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr;
22283 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
22284 if (valx1->v.val_unsigned != valy1->v.val_unsigned
22285 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
22287 switch (valx2->val_class)
22289 case dw_val_class_const:
22290 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22291 case dw_val_class_vec:
22292 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22293 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
22294 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
22295 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22296 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
22297 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22298 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
22299 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
22300 case dw_val_class_addr:
22301 return rtx_equal_p (valx2->v.val_addr, valy2->v.val_addr);
22303 gcc_unreachable ();
22306 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
22307 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
22308 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22311 return rtx_equal_p (valx1->v.val_addr, valy1->v.val_addr);
22312 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
22313 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
22314 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
22315 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
22316 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22317 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
22318 return compare_loc_operands (valx1->v.val_loc, valy1->v.val_loc);
22319 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
22320 if (valx1->v.val_die_ref.die != valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
22321 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
22323 switch (valx2->val_class)
22325 case dw_val_class_const:
22326 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22327 case dw_val_class_vec:
22328 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22329 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
22330 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
22331 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22332 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
22333 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22334 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
22335 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
22337 gcc_unreachable ();
22339 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
22340 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
22341 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
22342 && valx2->v.val_die_ref.die == valy2->v.val_die_ref.die;
22343 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
22344 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
22345 if (valx1->val_class != valy1->val_class)
22347 if (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
22348 return valx1->v.val_unsigned == valy1->v.val_unsigned;
22349 return valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
22350 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
22351 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
22352 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
22353 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
22355 /* Other codes have no operands. */
22360 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
22363 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
22365 for (; x != NULL && y != NULL; x = x->dw_loc_next, y = y->dw_loc_next)
22366 if (x->dw_loc_opc != y->dw_loc_opc
22367 || x->dtprel != y->dtprel
22368 || !compare_loc_operands (x, y))
22370 return x == NULL && y == NULL;
22373 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
22376 loc_list_hash (const void *x)
22378 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x)->hash;
22381 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
22384 loc_list_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
22386 const struct dw_loc_list_struct *a = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x;
22387 const struct dw_loc_list_struct *b = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) y;
22390 if (a->hash != b->hash)
22392 for (; a != NULL && b != NULL; a = a->dw_loc_next, b = b->dw_loc_next)
22393 if (strcmp (a->begin, b->begin) != 0
22394 || strcmp (a->end, b->end) != 0
22395 || (a->section == NULL) != (b->section == NULL)
22396 || (a->section && strcmp (a->section, b->section) != 0)
22397 || !compare_locs (a->expr, b->expr))
22399 return a == NULL && b == NULL;
22402 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
22403 children and share them whenever possible. */
22406 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die, htab_t htab)
22413 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
22414 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
22416 dw_loc_list_ref list = AT_loc_list (a);
22417 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
22418 it and storing into the hash table. */
22419 hash_loc_list (list);
22420 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab, list, list->hash,
22423 *slot = (void *) list;
22425 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = (dw_loc_list_ref) *slot;
22428 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, optimize_location_lists_1 (c, htab));
22431 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
22432 children and share them whenever possible. */
22435 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
22437 htab_t htab = htab_create (500, loc_list_hash, loc_list_eq, NULL);
22438 optimize_location_lists_1 (die, htab);
22439 htab_delete (htab);
22442 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
22443 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
22446 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
22448 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
22449 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
22450 htab_t comdat_type_table;
22453 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
22454 header compilation, fix it up if needed. */
22455 dw_attr_ref producer = get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer);
22456 if (strcmp (AT_string (producer), producer_string) != 0)
22458 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (producer_string);
22459 producer->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
22462 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
22463 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
22465 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
22466 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
22467 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename));
22468 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
22469 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
22470 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
22473 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
22475 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
22478 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
22480 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
22481 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
22482 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
22487 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
22488 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
22489 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
22490 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
22492 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
22494 dw_die_ref die = node->die;
22495 next_node = node->next;
22497 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
22499 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
22501 if (origin && origin->die_parent)
22502 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
22503 else if (is_cu_die (die))
22505 else if (seen_error ())
22506 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
22507 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
22510 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
22511 nested function can be optimized away, which results
22512 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
22513 with the return type of that nested function. Force
22514 this to be a child of the containing function.
22516 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
22517 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
22518 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
22519 the function is likely unreachable too. */
22520 tree context = NULL_TREE;
22522 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
22524 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
22525 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22526 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
22527 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22529 origin = get_context_die (context);
22530 add_child_die (origin, die);
22535 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22537 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22539 dw_die_ref die = comp_unit_die (), c;
22540 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, gcc_assert (! c->die_mark));
22543 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
22544 move_marked_base_types ();
22546 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
22548 tree decl = node->created_for;
22549 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
22551 add_linkage_attr (node->die, decl);
22552 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
22556 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
22558 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
22559 emit full debugging info for them. */
22560 retry_incomplete_types ();
22562 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
22563 prune_unused_types ();
22565 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
22566 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
22567 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
22568 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
22570 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
22571 if (use_debug_types)
22573 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
22575 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
22576 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
22578 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22580 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
22581 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
22582 references to the main compile unit). */
22583 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22584 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
22585 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
22587 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
22588 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
22589 referenced. Prune them. */
22590 prune_unused_types ();
22593 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
22594 that have children. */
22595 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
22596 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22597 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
22598 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22599 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
22601 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
22602 switch_to_section (text_section);
22603 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
22604 if (cold_text_section)
22606 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
22607 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
22610 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
22612 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
22613 || (dwarf_version < 3 && dwarf_strict))
22615 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
22616 if (text_section_used)
22618 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
22619 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
22626 bool range_list_added = false;
22628 if (text_section_used)
22629 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label,
22630 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
22631 if (cold_text_section_used)
22632 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label,
22633 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
22635 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
22637 if (!fde->in_std_section)
22638 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_begin,
22639 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
22640 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
22641 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
22642 fde->dw_fde_second_end, &range_list_added);
22645 if (range_list_added)
22647 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
22648 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
22649 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
22650 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
22651 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
22652 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
22653 if (! dwarf_strict && dwarf_version < 4)
22654 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
22660 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22661 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list,
22662 debug_line_section_label);
22664 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22665 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (),
22666 dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros,
22667 macinfo_section_label);
22669 if (have_location_lists)
22670 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
22672 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
22673 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
22674 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22675 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
22677 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
22678 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22680 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
22682 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
22683 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
22686 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
22687 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
22689 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22690 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22691 debug_line_section_label);
22693 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
22696 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
22698 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22699 will be emitted. */
22700 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
22702 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22703 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use != 1)
22705 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
22706 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
22707 output_abbrev_section ();
22710 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
22711 if (have_location_lists)
22713 /* Output the location lists info. */
22714 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
22715 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
22716 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22717 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
22718 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
22721 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22722 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
22724 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted);
22725 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
22726 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
22729 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22730 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22731 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22732 simply won't look for the section. */
22733 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
22735 bool empty = false;
22737 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
22739 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
22743 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubtype_table, i, p)
22744 if (p->die->die_offset != 0)
22752 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted);
22753 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
22754 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
22758 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
22759 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
22760 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
22761 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
22762 generate a table that would have contained data. */
22763 if (info_section_emitted)
22765 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
22767 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22768 output_aranges (aranges_length);
22771 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22772 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22774 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22775 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22779 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22780 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22782 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22783 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
22784 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table))
22786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22789 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22790 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22791 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22792 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22793 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22794 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22795 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22796 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
22797 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22798 output_line_info ();
22800 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22802 if (debug_str_hash)
22803 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22806 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"